5 LIBRARY OF CONGRESS ,1 
# 






0. 



4 



\j- 



{ UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. J 



THE 



MODERN CLASS BOOK 



OF 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION, 



CONTAINING 



ALL THE RULES, WITH THEIR EXCEPTIONS, WHICH GOYERN 
THE PRONUNCIATION OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE. 



OTttfj an Ippentux, 



IK WHICH THE CONJUGATION OF THE MOST DIFFICULT VERBS IS GIVEN, 

TOGETHER WITH THE NUMBERS, MONTHS, DAYS OF THE WEEK, 

ETC., ETC., WITH THE WRITTEN PRONUNCIATION. 



By V. ALVERGNAT, 

TEACHER OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE IN THE HARTFORD HIGH SCHOOL. 



C^ 



BOSTON: 

SCHOENHO-F AND MOELLER, 

^ufrUsfjers an ij Importers, 
40 Winter Street. 

1872. 






Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1872, by 

V. ALVERGNAT, 

In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 



CAMBRIDGE t 
PRESS OF JOHN WILSON AND SON. 



PREFACE. 



Of the three principal points of the comprehensive study of 
the French language, — viz., pronunciation, grammar, and 
the acquisition of a vocabulary, — the first in order and most 
important is pronunciation. But, while grammars have 
been multiplied almost beyond necessity, text-books on 
French pronunciation are few, and none of them com- 
plete. 

Of the usefulness, nay, of the indispensability, of a complete 
and accurate class-book of French pronunciation, it is unnec- 
essary to speak : every teacher and pupil has felt the need 
of it. How many, even among the best French scholars, for 
want of a proper book of reference for rules and exceptions 
so easily forgotten, have been (sometimes for years) feeling 
their way in the dark ! 

With the hope, and prompted by the desire, of helping the 
student in securing a pure and correct pronunciation, I have 
attempted to supply a deficiency which I have sorely felt 
myself at every step of my teaching. 

Much might be said in favor of the modern system of 
spelling adhered to in the present work. Suffice it to state 
that it is no new method. Introduced in French schools 
more than thirty years ago, it has superseded the old and 
unnatural way of spelling words, for their pronunciation, by 



IV PREFACE. 

naming each one of their letters, silent or not. In the mod- 
ern system, the sounds only are named ; and, as their names 
are but duplicates of the sounds, a correct pronunciation of 
any assemblage of sounds (or syllables) must necessarily 
follow. 

With the exception of the two vowel-sounds generally 
represented by eu and un, which have no exact equivalent in 
English, all French sounds have representatives in the Eng- 
lish language, — a fact which will be satisfactorily demon- 
strated in the course of the lessons. Now let the English 
word which possesses the true French sound be once fixed 
in the mind of the pupil, and it is both natural and easy for 
him to emit that sound in its perfection. 

Upon this self-evident fact my method is based ; and cer- 
tainly no other is simpler, better, more natural, practical, and 
expeditious. 

In the preparation of this book, I have availed myself 
of all the sources of information within my reach, and fol- 
lowed the best authorities. The works of J. Maigne, 
G. H. Aubertin, A. Feline, P. Larottsse, &c, and par- 
ticularly the recent exhaustive treatise of French pronun- 
ciation by M. A. Le saint, have afforded me much help 
on doubtful points. In short, I have spared neither time, 
trouble, nor expense to make this work the standard text- 
book of French pronunciation. 

Hoping that my labors have not been in vain, I now leave 
the work to the appreciation of teachers and students. 

V. ALVERGNAT. 
Hartford, Conn., July, 1872. 



CONTENTS. 

♦ 

* PAGE 

Preface iii 

Key to Pronunciation 2 

Lessons 3 

Vowel-Sounds and Accents 6 

Nasal Sounds 12 

Consonants 14, 72 

Vowel-Letters and Sounds .. 24 

Diphthongs 60 

Consonants . 14, 72 

Appendix 127 

The Marseillaise Hymn 164 

La Marseillaise (Music) .......... 170 



THE MODERN CLASS-BOOK 



OP 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



KEY TO THE PEON UNCI AT ION. 



VOWEL SOUNDS. 



\jouveiiLioui 
Characters 


u 










French Sounds. 


1. 


a, 


as a 


in 


as • . 


• 


, 


a short. 


2. 


Sah, 


„ a 


>> 


father . 


• 


. 


a semi-long. 




I ah, 


„ a 


?> 


father • 


. 


. 


a long. 


3. 


uh, 


» e 


»> 


ermine 


. 


. 


e guttural. 


4. 


s, 


„ e 


? ? 


move . 


• 


, 


e semi-mute.* 


5. 


a, 


„ a 


i> 


late . 


• 


. 


e acute. 


6. 


S eh, 


„ e 


>» 


met . 


. 


. 


e grave. 




c eh, 


„ e 


»* 


there . 


. 


. 


e* long. 


7. 


ee, 


„ i 


?» 


police . 


. 


. 


i short. 


8. 


o, 


„ o 


? > 


nor . 


. 


. 


o short. 


9. 


So, 


„ o 


>» 


also . 


. 


. . 


o semi-long. 




to, 


„ o 


>> 


no . . 


. 


. . 


6 .long. 


10. 


u, 


„ u 


>> 


constitution 


. 


u, u, short and long 


11. 


eu, 


„ i 


>> 


first . 


. 


. 


eu semi-long. 


12. 


oo, 


„ oo 


?> 


too . 


• • 


• 


ou semi-long. 








NASAL SOUN 


DS. 




13. 


ah, 


as an 


in 


want . 


. 


, . 


an semi-long. 


14. 


Ih, 


„ an 


> ? 


Yankee 


. 


, 


in semi-long. 


15. 


oh, 


„ on 


?> 


don't . 


. 


, 


on semi-long. 


16. 


uh, 


„ un 


>? 


grunt. 


• 


• • 


un semi-long. 






IRREGULAR D 


IPH 


THONGS. 


17. 


weh, 


as wea in wear . 


. 


. 


oi semi-long. 


18. 


wan, 


„ wa 


?> 


water 


. 


. 


oi open. 



ARTICULATED SOUNDS. 

g, as g in go g hard. 

zh, ,, z ,, glazier g soft. 

gh, „ ng „ singing g liquid. 

y, ,» y „ yes 1 liquid. 



* The semi-mute e sound will also be represented by an apos- 
trophe (thus, ') when the sound which e represents is a nearly in- 
audible breathing. 



THE MODERN CLASS-BOOK 



OF 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



FIRST LESSON. 



Premiere legon. 



LETTERS. 

1. The French alphabet was originally composed of 
twenty-five letters. Now, by the intrusion of w, borrowed 
from the alphabet of Northern nations, it contains twenty- 
six letters. 

2. The modern names of the French letters correspond, as 
nearly as possible, to the sounds which they represent. 



Called 



1. a . 


. ah 


2. b . 


. buh 


3. c . 


. kuh 


4. a . 


. duh 


5. e . 


. uh 


6. f . 


. fuh . 


7. g . 


. guh 


8. h . 


. uh 


9. i . 


. ee 


10. j . 


. zhuh 


11. k . 


. kuh 


12. 1 . 


. luh 


13. m . 


. muh 



Pronounced as in 

. father. 

. budge. 

. cuttle. 

. dutch. 

. ermine. 

. fudge. 

. gun. 

. herb. 

. police. 
z in azure. 

. kernel. 

. luggage. 

. » must. 



14. n 

15. o 

16. p 

17. q 

18. r 

19. s 

20. t 

21. u 

22. v 

23. w 

24. x 

25. y 

26. z 



Called 
nuh 
o 

puh 
kuh 
ruh 
suh 
tuh 
u 

vuh 
vuh 
gzuh 
ee 
zuh 



Pronounced as in 

. nut. 

. obedience. 

. purr. 

. piquet. 

. runner. 

. subject. 

. tusk. 

. constitution. 

. vulture. 

. vulture. 

. exult. 

. i in police. 

. zurlite. 



Observation. — w is generally called double v; and y, 
i grec. 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 



I. Obs. — j, k, q, r, v, z, are the only letters whose pro- 
nunciation never varies. Each one of the other letters 
represents two or more sounds, according to place and cir- 
cumstances, and therefore has different names. 

II. Obs. — The letter u is the only one whose pronuncia- 
tion presents some difficulty to the beginner. It is true that 
a comparatively large number of Americans pronounce the 
U of constitution and duenna as accurately as the most fas- 
tidious Frenchman could desire. But the bare statement of 
this fact being insufficient in itself to enable the learner to 
pronounce the French u correctly, I give here an easy method 
for the acquisition of that sound. If my directions are 
fkithfully followed, failure will be impossible. 

Directions.- — Pronounce loudly, and as distinctly as you 
can, the sound represented by ee in lee. Now, as soon as 
you have fairly started the ee sound, let your lips gently 
advance, as if you were intending to whistle, bring them 
nearer and nearer together until only a very narrow opening 
is left for the passage of the sounding breath. Meanwhile 
be very careful not to move your tongue. The whole opera- 
tion must be accomplished while the ee sound is in process 
of emission. 

As you proceed, you will observe a gradual change in the 
quality of the sound. You should not stop then ; but con- 
tinue as long as your breath lasts, in order to perfect the 
operation. The inevitable result will be the transformation 
of the ee sound into that of the French u. 

You should try again until your ear is accustomed to the 
new sound, carefully guarding against stiffness or rigidity 
in your lips : their gradual motion should be natural and 
easy. 



LETTERS. 



PRACTICE. 



FIRST EXERCISE. Premier exercice. 

A, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i f j, k, 1, m, n, o, 

ah buh kuh duh uh fuh guh uh ee zhuh kuh luh muh nuh o 

p, q, r, s, t, u, v, w, x, y, z, a, e, i, o f u, y, 

puh kuh run suh tuh u vuh vuh gzuh ee zuh ah uh ee o u ee 

z, x, w, v, t, s, r, q, p, n, m, 1, k, j, h, g, f, d f 

zuh gzuh vuh vuh tuh suh ruh kuh puh nuh muh luh kuh zhuh uh guh fuh duh 

c, b, y, u, o, i, e, a, 1, w, z, m, a, x, u, b, n, 

kuh buh ee u o ee uh ah luh vuh zuh muh ah gzuh u buh nuh 

k, o, d, v, j, e, p, t, h, f, q, s, g, r, i, c, j, m, 

kuh o duh vuh zhuh uh puh tuh uh fuh kuh suh guh ruh ee kuh zhuh muh 

b, n, y, v, k, z, p, t, u, o, d, w, x, 1, n, e, a. 

buh nuh ee vuh kuh zuh puh tuh u o duh vuh gzuh luh nuh uh ah 



A, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, 1, m, n, o, p, q, 

r, s, t, u, v, w, x, y, z, a, e, i, o f u, y, z, x, w, 

v, t, s, r, q f p, n, m, 1, k, j, h, g, f, d, k, b, y, 

u, o, i, e, a, 1, w, z, m, a, x, u, b, n, k, o, d, v, 

j, e F p, t, h, f, q, s, g, r, i, c, j, m, b, n, y, v, 

k. z, p, t, u, o, d, w, x, 1, n, e, a. m 



Note. — The first part of this and the following exercises might 
be covered up with a sheet of paper while the learner is reading the 
second part. 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 

SECOND LESSON. Deuxieme le$on. 

3. The French alphabet is divided into six vowels and 
twenty consonants. 

4. The vowels are : 

a, e, i, o, u, y. 

5. The consonants or articulations are : 

b, c, d, f, g, h, j, k, 1, m, n, p, q, r, s, t, 

V, W, X, z. 

VOWEL-SOUNDS AND ACCENTS. 

6. A vowel-sound is the sonorous emission of breath, 
which can be modulated into a, e, i, o, u, &c. 

Obs. — The six vowel-letters do not represent all the 
modifications of which the sounding breath is susceptible. 

This deficiency of particular characters to represent each 
one of our eighteen vowel-sounds is supplied partly by com- 
binations of letters, and partly by some orthographical signs, * 
called accents. 

7. These accents, three in number, are : 

i. The acute ('), inclined from right to left. 

2. The grave ( v ), inclined from left to right. 

3. The circumflex ("), a combination of the other two. 

8. These accents alter the sound of the letter over which 
they are placed, bojth in quality and quantity. 

Obs. — The quantity of a sound is the extent of its dura- 
tion, — the length of time required for its complete emis- 
sion. 

9. Accents are used, also, as signs of distinction between 
words containing the same letters, but having a different 
meaning. Examples: a, has/ a, to; ou, or; oti, where; 
&c. 



LETTERS. 7 

THEORY. 

THE FIFTEEN FORMS OF THE VOWEL-LETTERS, 
a, a, a; e, e, e, 6; i, i; o, 6; u, u, u; y. 

Obs. — As will be seen, the acute accent is used only with 
the letter e. 

THE EIGHTEEN FRENCH VOWEL-SOUNDS, WITH THEIR 
ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS. 



1. a, a, like a in as. 

2. a, ,, a ,, father. 

3. e, ,, e ,, ermine. 

4. e, ,, e ,, move. 

5. e, ,, a ,, late (nearly). 



6. e, like e v m met. 

7. L,i,y, „ i „ police. 

8. o, ,, o ,, nor. 

9. 6, „ o „ no. 

10. u, u, ,, u ,, constitution. 



11. eu, like i in first (nearly). | 12. ou, like oo in too. 



Nasal Sounds. 



13. an, like an in want. 

14. in, ,, an ,, Yankee. 



15. on, like on in don't. 

16. un, ,, un ,, grunt. 



Irregular Sounds. 
17. oi, oy, like wea in -wear. | 18. oi, like wa in -water.* 

Obs. — The first ten sounds are the only ones that can he 
represented by single letters. 



* There are, it is true, other shades in sounds, of which a very 
minute and mathematical division and gradation might be made : as 
many as forty modifications in sounds have been recognized. But, 
for all practical purposes, the eighteen given above have been found 
amply sufficient. Nevertheless, what may be interesting and useful 
to the student on this subject will be presented at the proper time 
and place. 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 



10. Thirteen of our consonants, viz., b, d, f, k, 1, m, n, p, r, 
s, t, v, z, when at the beginning of words, are pronounced in 
French as they are in English. 



SYLLABIFICATION. 

11. French words are divided upon a vowel-sound ; hence 
when a consonant is single between two vowels it begins the 
syllable. Thus, page, bile, sofa, have two syllables, — pa~ge, 
bi-le, so-fa; image, opera, have three, — i-ma-ge, o-pe-ra / 
fatality, capitale, four syllables, — fa-ta-li-te, ca-pi-ta-le; 
imaginera, five, — i-rna-gi-ne-ra / &c. 

12. To this rule there are but few exceptions. Some 
words are divided according to etymology; but, as far as 
pronunciation is concerned, the above rule holds good in 
all cases. 

13. When two or more consonants occur between two 
vowels, the division is, generally, as in English, between 
the consonants. 

THE FINAL E. 

14. When the final e is preceded by a consonant, as in 
type, age, table, obole, &c, it is called semi-mute, and rep- 
resents nothing more than a scarcely audible emission of 
breath, which disappears with the vanishing sound of the 
preceding consonant. This semi-mute e represents the faint- 
est of our vowel-sounds, similar in all respects to the English 
e sound of tape, zone, move, &c. 



LETTERS. 



PRACTICE. 



SECOND EXERCISE* 



Deuxieme exercice. 



1115 

La va-ni-te, 

la va nee ta. 

5 7 8 1 

de-fi, so-fa, 

da fee, s5 fa. 

8 7 8 10 

po-li, do-du, 

pSlee, d5 dti. 

3 2 5 7 5 

le pa-te, ti-re, 

lull pah ta, tee ra. 

8 3 10 

le me-nu, 
luh muh nil. 

7 5 7 5 

fi-de-li-te, 

fee da lee ta. 

3 110 

le la-va-bo, 

luh la va bo. 



the vanity, 
challenge, sofa, 
polished, plump, 
the pie, drawn, 
the bill of fare, 
faithfulness, 
the washstand. 



the domino. 



8 8 7 

Le do-mi-no, 

luh do mee no. 



8 5 10 f 
le de-pu-te, the deputy, 
luh da pu ta. 



1 5 7 5 

la ve-ri-te, 

la va ree ta. 

8 7 

le rd-ti, 

luh ro tee. 



the truth. 



the roast-meat. 



18 11 

pa-no-ra-ma, panorama. 

pa n0 ra ma. 



8 17 5 
mo-ra-li-te, 

mS ra lee ta. 



morality. 



8 8 7 11 

le to-ry, za-ra, the tory, zara. 
luh t5 ree, za ra. 



La vanite, defi, sola, poli, dodu, le pate, tire, le menu, fidelity, 
le lavabo, le domino, le depute, la verite, le roti, panorama, 
moralite, le tory, zara. 



* See " Key to the Pronunciation," at the beginning of the book; 
also at the bottom of this page. 

In the Modern French Method of Spelling for Pronun- 
ciation (which must naturally be adopted by foreigners for spelling 
French words), — 

1. The consonant is named. 2. The vowel-sound is uttered, which 
is represented by the vowel or by the assemblage of letters annexed 
to that consonant. 3. The syllabic sound is now given distinctly. 

In the case of polysyllabic words, each successive syllable will, of 
course, be treated in the same manner; but the first is repeated, and 
joined to the second when the latter has been spelled ; and these 
two syllables, likewise, to the third ; and so on. Thus La vanity 
will be spelled : luh a la ; vuh a va, nuh ee nee, vanee ; tuh a ta, 
vaneeta ; la vaneeta. Defi will be spelled : duh a da, fuh ee 
fee, dafee ; &c. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution. 



10 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 
THIRD LESSON". Troisieme le$on. 

THE EU SOUND. 

15. It is difficult to define the 11th sound, because it has 
no (recognized) exact equivalent in English. Mere words 
cannot convey a correct idea of its mixed nature, which par- 
takes of that of e in " ermine," and of u in " constitution," 
completing a scale of three sounds which the student can 
learn in five minutes from a native, but which it is almost 
impossible to represent on paper. 

But, although not recognized as an element of the English 
pronunciation, this sound is nevertheless pretty correctly 
uttered by persons who pronounce the word first with pro- 
truding and somewhat contracted lips. Here the i sound 
closely resembles the eu sound of the French. 

Obs. — In order to pronounce the eu sound correctly, the 
mouth should form a sort of funnel, holding back the super- 
abundance of the sonorous air, which, being supplied by the 
lungs faster than it can escape, produces, at its exit through 
the small opening of the lips, the somewhat obscure but 
compact and harmonious eu sound.* 



* Let the student, after having substituted the sound of e in 
ermine for that of ee in lee, repeat the operation prescribed on 
page 4 for the pronunciation of u, and the sound ultimately produced 
will be the French eu sound (11th in our scale). 



LETTERS. 



11 



PRACTICE. 



THIRD EXERCISE. 



Troisieme exercice. 



18 4 7 4 

La ro-be,* ri-de,the gown, wrinkle, 
la rob', reed'. 

10 4 7 4 10 4 

u-ne pi-le, lu-ne, a heap, moon, 
fin' peel', ltin\ 

3 7 4 6 4, 

le ty-pe, pe-re, the type, father, 
luhteep', pehr'. 

10 4 3 10 4 

mu-re, le tu-be, ripe, the tube, 
mtir', luh tub'. 



6 4 6 4 

p6-le-md-le, 

pehl' - mehF. 

18 4 9 4 
la vo-le, md-le, 

la vol', mol'. 



pell-mell, 
the vole, pier. 



1 8 4 10 4 

la no-ne, du-pe, the nun, dupe. 
la non,' dup'. 



5 11 4 11 

e-meu-te, feu, riot, fire, 
a meut', feu. 

3 3 u 3 12 [penny. 

le ne-veu, le sou, the nephew, the 
lull null veu, luh soo. 



German tinder. 



1 1 12 

a-ma-dou, 

a ma doo. 



10 4 n 4 -, n ^ 

u-ne meu-te, a pack of hounds, 
tin' meut*. 



3 114 
le ma-la-de, 

luh ma lad'. 

118 4 
la pa-ro-le, 

la pa rol'. 

12 4 5 12 

dou-ze, Pe-rou, 

dooz', pa roo. 



the sick one. 



the word. 



twelve, Peru. 



La robe, ride, une pile, lune, le type, pere, mure, le tube, 
pSle-mele, la vole, mole, la none, dupe, emeute, feu, le neveu, 
le sou, amadou, une meute, le malade, la parole, douze, Perou. 

* In spelling words ending with a semi-mute syllable, the student, 
having to name the final e, will call it uh ; and, in pronouncing the 
final syllable alone, he will retain that uh sound for greater conven- 
ience. Thus, the last syllable of robe will be spelled, buh uh buh ; 
but, in joining the two syllables for the enunciation of the whole 
word, the sound uh must necessarily be dismissed : the voice dwells 
upon the b sound, which absorbs the faint breathing represented by 
the semi-mute e. Robe will therefore be spelled : ruh 6 r5, buh uh 
buh, r6b' ; and emeute : a, muh eu meu, ameu ; tuh uh tuh ; 
ameut'. 

Obs. — In the written pronunciation throughout this book, this 
semi-mute e sound is represented either by the conventional char- 
acter e, or simply by an apostrophe ('). 



a, as; ah, ah, father; uh, ermine; e or ', move; a, late; eh, met; 
eh, there; ee, police; 6, nor; o, also; 6, no; u, constitution; 
eu, first ; oo, too. 



12 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 

THEORY. 
FOURTH LESSON. QuatrQme le$on. 

THE NASAL SOUNDS. 

16. From the peculiarity of their formation, these sounds 
present also some difficulty in the way of conveying a clear 
idea of their true nature ; not because they do not exist in 
English, but because, like the eu sound, they are not recog- 
nized as elements of its pronunciation. 

I will presently demonstrate that three of our four nasal 
sounds are fairly represented in some English expressions. 

For instance, when I don't want to is spoken with great 
emphasis, the stress of the voice resting upon the word 
want, our first nasal sound is uttered in all its purity. Let 
us see: — 

If the student pronounce I don't want to with force and 
decision, he will notice that the t of want is not sounded 
at all : only one t sound is heard, — that of to. Let him 
now drop that word to, and pronounce wan(t) precisely as 
he did before, and he will perceive that not only the £, but the 
n also, of want is silent. Next, let him dismiss I don't, and 
finally, dropping the w sound, utter the now isolated, acci- 
dental sound represented by a of wa(nt). That sound, if 
the operation has been carefully performed, will be identical 
with the first French nasal sound (13th in our scale). 

17. likewise in Yankee, the sound represented by an is an 
exact equivalent to our second nasal sound (14th). 

18. In don't, said with earnestness, the on sound is abso- 
lutely the same as the French nasal sound (15th) repre- 
sented by that combination. 

19. The un in grunt is a pretty fair representative of our 
fourth nasal sound (16th in the scale). 

Obs. — These last three sounds can easily be obtained by 
a process similar to that prescribed for the acquisition of the 
first (§ 16). 



LETTERS. 



13 



PRACTICE. 



FOURTH EXERCISE. 



16 14 15 

Un din-don,* a turkey, 
un dm don. 

10 4 13 4 

u-ne ban-de, a band, 
tin' band*. 

1 13 8 7 4 

la man-do-li-ne, the mandolin, 
la man d5 leen\ 



1 13 4 
la dan-se, 

la dans'. 

8 11 14 

le pa-la-tin, 
luh pa la tin. 

8 16 7 
le lun-di, 
luh luh dee. 



the dance, 
the palatine, 
on Monday. 



10 4 15 4 . 

u-ne son-de, a sounding-line, 
tin' sond'. 



Quatrieme exercice. 

n is l n [fession. 

Meu-don, a-veu, Meudon, con- 
meu don, a veu. 



14 7 7 10 

in-di-vi-du, 

m dee vee dti. 

16 1 l 14 
un ta-ma-rin, 

un ta ma rin. 

3 7 13 

le ty-ran, 

luh tee ran. 

7 15 5 

i-non-d6, 

ee ndn da. 

16 8 7 15 

un po-ti-ron, 

un p5 tee ron. 

1 13 15 

a-ban-don, 

a ban don. 



individual, 
a tamarind-tree, 
the tyrant, 
flooded. 
a pumpkin, 
abandonment. 



Un dindon, une bande, la mandoline, la danse, le palatin, le 
lundi, une sonde, Meudon, aveu, individu, un tamarin, le tyran, 
inonde, un potiron, abandon. 

* Un dindon will be spelled : un ; duh in din, duh on don, din- 
don ; un dindon. 

Obs. — The student will carefully guard against the natural ten- 
dency to sound the n. The tongue must absolutely lie flat and 
motionless as long as the nasal sound lasts. The least infraction of 
this rule would inevitably defeat the object in view. 

In the formation of the nasal sounds, the peculiarity is that the 
air from the lungs is thrown into the pharyngeal and nasal cavities, 
and, striking their resounding membranous walls, produces that sort 
of obscure sonority which so much resembles the nasal ringing, 
or twang, which characterizes the pronunciation of New-England 
country people. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there; ee, police; 6, nor; o, also; o, no; u, constitution; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; in, Yankee ; on, don't ; im, 
grunt. 



14 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 

THEORY. 
FIFTH LESSON. CinquQme legon. 

THE TWO IRREGULAR SOUNDS. 

20. The 17th vowel-sound, which is generally represented 
by oi and oy, is similar to the sound of wea in wear. 

21. The 18th is also represented by oi, and is identical 
with the sound of wa in water. It occurs in the following 
ten words only : bois, mois, pois, poids, empois, noix, noi- 
sette, trois, troisieme, troisiemement. 

Obs. — The 17th and 18th vowel-sounds are also consid- 
ered as irregular diphthongs. 

General Rule. • — The acute e (short e of the Latin) 
and the vowel-letters used without accents represent short 
sounds ; the grave accent indicates a semi-long sound ; and, 
with a few exceptions, the circumflex accent (mark of con- 
traction) characterizes the longest vowel-sounds. 

CONSONANTS. 

Remarks. — As nations attain a higher degree of civiliza- 
tion and refinement, the asperities of their language, little by 
little, disappear. The guttural, and the harsher and more 
discordant, consonant sounds, particularly at the end of 
words, are gradually slighted, and ultimately dropped alto- 
gether ; the voice naturally seeking to rest upon the softer 
and more pleasant vowel-sounds. The ear, also, becoming 
more delicate, would be offended by the continual occur- 
rence of coarse and unnecessarily energetic sounds, and 
requires a more frequent use of the smooth and harmonious 
vowel-sounds. 

In French this process of softening the pronunciation has 
been carried to a greater extent than in other languages;* 
and, as a great number of words thus altered in their pronun- 
ciation have retained their old orthography, it follows that 
nearly all the final consonants are silent in our language. 

22. However, b, c, f, 1, q, and r, final, are still sounded in 
almost all the words which they terminate. 



LETTERS. 



15 



PRACTICE. 



FIFTH EXERCISE. 



Cinquieme exercice. 



1 17 1 17 4 . 

La foi, la poi-re, the faith, the pear, 
la fweh, la pwehr'. 

12 17 14 . 

vou-loir,* toi-le, to wish, lmea. 
voo lwehr% twehP. 



10 4 17 10 4 
u-ne voi-tu-re, 

tin' vweh tur'. 

1 17 17 

la soif,* moi, 

la swehf, mweh. 

1 5 17 4 
la me-moi-re, 
la ma mwehr'. 



a carriage. 



the thirst, me. 



the memory. 



8 18 18 

le mois, noix, the month, nut. 
luh mwah, nwah. 

10 18 3 18 LP ea ' 

du bois, le pois, some wood, the 
dti bwah, luh pwah. 
16 18 17 " . [self. 

un poids,* soi, a weight, one's 
un pwah, swell. 



18 18 17 4 

Em-pois, bo£-te, starch, 
an pwah, bweht\ 



1 17 10 4 
la voi-lu-re, 
la vweh lur'. 



box. 



16 5 7 17 

un de-vi-doir, 

un da vee dwehr. 

1 17 17 
sa-voir, poil, 

sa vwehr, pwehl. 



5 7 2 7 

be-nir, ba-tir, to bless, to build 
ba neer, bah teer. 



the set of sails 



a reel. 



to know, hair. 



3 5 16 

le de-funt, 

luh da fun. 

12 7 8 
sou-pir, bol, 

soo peer, b51. 

15 10 l 
Fond-du-Lac, 

foii da lak. 



the deceased. 



sigh, bowl. 



Fond-du-Lac, 



La foi, la poire, vouloir, toile, une voiture, la soif, moi, la me- 
moire, le mois, noix, du bois, le pois, un poids, soi, empois, 
boite, la voilure, un devidoir, savoir, poil, benir, batir, le de- 
funt, soupir, bol, Fond-du-Lac. 



* Vouloir, la soif, un poids, will be spelled : vuh oo voo, luh 
weh ruh lwehr, voolwehr; luh a la, suh weh fuh swehf, la 
s*wehf ; uh, puh wah pwah, un pwah ; &c. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; eor', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; o, no ; ii, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; in, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt; weh, wear; wah, water. 



16 TRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 

THEORY. 
SIXTH LESSON*. Sixtime le?on, 

CONSONANTS. 

23^ r final, in polysyllabic words, is silent when it is im- 
mediately preceded by e.* 

24. General Rule. — The final consonants of proper 
names and words of foreign origin are fully sounded. 

25. When a consonant not final nor double terminates 
a syllable, it is generally sounded. 

Ex. — falourde, piste, are pronounced fdloord\ peestf. 



26. c is called huh, and is sounded as k in hey before a, o, 
u, 1, n, r, t, ce, ci ; also when final. 

27. c is silent before q or another c joined to the vowels 
a, o, XL, or to the consonants 1, r. The final c is also silent 
after a nasal sound. 

Ex. — le banc is pronounced luh ban. 

28. c has the soft sound of s in so, and is called suh before 
e, i, and y. 

29. c (with the cedilla) is used only before a, o, u, and 
has also the soft sound of s in so. 

. 30. The cedilla ( a ), which is used with the c only, is an 
indication of the soft sound s, and therefore acts as a pre- 
ventive against the hard sound huh. 

* The French r is either strongly articulated or altogether silent. 
There is a marked difference between the French and the English 
language in the pronunciation of that consonant. In English, the 
r is distinctly pronounced at the beginning of words only. In the 
middle and at the end of words it is generally slurred, — gliding into 
an insignificant sound ; as in iron, myrrh, cur, &c. 

In French, when the r is sounded, it is strongly rolled and fully 
articulated with even greater force than in the English word 
roaring. 



LETTERS. 



17 



PRACTICE. 



SIXTH EXERCISE. 



Sixieme exercice. 



8 8 1 

lie bo-cal, 

luh b5 kal. 

1114 
la fa-ga-de, 

la fa sad'. 

16 8 8 6 

tin co-lo-nel, 

un k5 15 nehl. 
5 5 7 4 

be-ne-fi-ce, 

ba na fees'. 

3 l 15 
me-na-gons, 

muh na son.. 

10 4 14 4 

u-ne pin-ce, 
tin' pins'. 

1 3 15 
la le-gon, 
la luh son. 

1 10 10 4 

la cul-bu-te, 
la kul but'. 

10 10 14 

suc-cur-sa-le, 
sti kilr sal'. 



the glass-bowl, 
the frontage, 
a colonel, 
benefit. 

let us threaten, 
a pair of pincers, 
the lesson, 
the somersault, 
branch office. 



1 5 1 10 

Ca-fe, ca-duc, 

ka fa, ka dtlk. 

5 5 7 7 5 
be-ne-di-ci-te, 

ba na dee see ta. 

8 10 4 

oc-cul-te, 

5 kuitv 

7 10 5 1 

i} suc-ce-da, 

eel suk sa da. 

17 9 
Ca-lyp-so, 

ka leep so. 

3 1 1 15 

le ma-ca-ron, 
luhnia ka ron. 

1114 

ca-ra-va-ne^ 

ka ra van'. 

1114 
sa ca-ba-ne, 

sa ka ban'. 

16 l l 5 

un ca-na-pe, 

un ka na pa. 



coflfee, decrepit. 

benediction. 

occult. 

he did succeed. 

Calypso. 

the macaroon. 

caravan. 

his cabin. 

a sofa. 



Le bocal, la fagade, un colonel, benefice, menagons, une 
pince, la legon, la culbute, succursale, cafe, caduc, benedicit^, 
occulte, il succeda, Calypso, le macaron, caravane, sa cabane, 
un canape, 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or \ move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; in, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt ; weh, wear ; wah, water. 



18 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 

SEVENTH LESSON. Septieme legon. 

CONSONANTS. 
G. 

31. g is sounded as in go, Jig, before a, o, u, 1, m, r, d; and 
is called guh. 

32. Before e, i, y, it has the soft sound of z in glazier ; and 
is called zhuh. 

33. In gu preceding e, i, or y, the u is silent, being used 
merely as an orthographic letter to indicate that the g 
retains its hard sound (as in go). 

H. 

34. The French h, called " aspirate " and " mute," is never 
sounded, and, like all other silent letters, is not named in 
spelling for pronunciation. 

J. 

35. j, which is always pronounced as z in glazier (precisely 
as g soft), is never doubled, never followed by another con- 
sonant, and never final in French words. It is used with all 
the vowels, but can be joined to i and y only by the elision 
of e before words beginning with those letters. 



36. 1 has two distinct sounds, — the natural and the liquid 
sounds. 

37. 1 natural is sounded as in English in level, lily. 

38. 1 liquid is pronounced as y in yes, year. 

39. General Rule. — 1 is liquid when, in the same syl- 
lable, it is immediately preceded by i. 

40. With the exception of coq and cinq, q is always fol- 
lowed by u ; and the two letters qu are generally pronounced 
as k in key. 



LETTERS. 



19 



PRACTICE. 



SEVENTH EXERCISE. 



Septieme exercice. 



5 10 1 7 5 

Re-gu-la-ri-te, 

ra gu la ree ta. 


regularity. 


9 7 1 

Ho-pi-tal, 

o pee tal. 


hospital. 


10 1 1 1 

tu a-ga-gas, 

tti a ga sa. 


thou didst tease. 


8 8 4 

hor-lo-ge, 

5r lozh'. 


time-keeper. 


1 12 8 4 

la rou-geo-le, 

la roo zhol'. 


the measles. 


16 12 12 

un jou-jou, 

un zhoo zhoo. 


a plaything. 


11 15 

va-ga-bond, 

va ga bon. 


vagrant. 


3 10 10 4 

le ju-ju-be, 

lukzhuzkub'. 


jujube. 


16 5 7 15 

un gue-ri-don, 

un ga ree don. 


a round-table. 


15 1 14 
mon jar-din, 
moii zhar dm. 


my garden. 


1 7 14 

la gui-ta-re, 

la gee tar'. 


the guitar. 


3 15 5 7 

re-con-que-rir, 

rub koia ka reer. 


[again. 
* to conquer 


1 1 10 4 

la ga-geu-re, 
la ga zhfLr'. 


the wager. 


1 8 * 
ma-ro-quin,* 

ma ro kin. 


morocco-leather, 


3 7 4 

le gyp-se, 

luh zheeps'. 


gypsum. 


7 7 4 

ty-pi-que, 

tee peek'. 


typical. 


? 9 1 4 . ' 
Gui-zot, ba-gue, Guizot, ring, 
gee zo, bag'. 


12 17 

pour-quoi, 

poor kweh. 


why. 



Regularite, tu agagas, la rougeole, vagabond, une guendon, 
la guitare, la gageure, le gypse, Guizot, bague, hdpital, horloge 9 
un joujou, le jujube, mon jar din, reconquerir, maroquin, ty- 
pique, pourquoi. 

* Reconquerir, maroquin, &c, will be spelled: ruh uh ruh, 
kuh on, kon, ruhkon, kuh a ka, ruhkonka, ruh ee ruh reer, ruh- 
koiikareer ; muh a ma, ruh 6 ro, mar 6, kuh in kin, mar 6km; &c. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there; ee, police; 6, nor; o, also; 6, no; u, constitution; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, . 
grunt ; weh, wear ; wah, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier. 



20 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 

THEORY. 

EIGHTH LESSOK Huitieme legon. 

CONSONANTS. 

8. 

41. s between two vowels has the sound of z in zone, and 
is called zith; everywhere else it is pronounced as s in so, 
and is called suh. 

TL 

42. The combination ti is pronounced see in cases when, 
in English, it sounds as sh in she. 

Ex. — action, patient, pronounced die see 6h,pd see ah. 



43. X is, in French, pronounced in five different ways : — 

1°. as gz, and is then called gzuh. 1st, At the beginning of 
words. 2d, In the particle ex followed by a vowel. 

2°* as ks. 1st, Between two vowels. 2d, Before ca, co, cu, 
and qu. 3d, Before any consonant, h and s excepted. 
4th, When final and sounded. It is then called Jcsuh. 

3°. as k, before ce, ce, ce, and s ; and is called huh. 

4°. as s in so. In soixante and its compounds and deriva- 
tives, in Aix-les- Bains, in dix-sept, and in six and dix 
used without a substantive. It then takes the name 
suh. 

Obs. — - The x of dix and six is silent before a noun or 
an adjective beginning with a consonant ; but it takes 
the z sound before a vowel or a mute h, and is then 
called zuh. 

5°. as z in zone ; in deuxieme, sixieme, sixain, dixieme, dix-huit, 
dix-neuf ; also when final and carried to the next word 
beginning with a vowel or a mute h. It then assumes 
the name zuh. (See §§ 12, 13.) 



LETTERS. 



21 



PRACTICE. 



EIGHTH EXERCISE. 



Huitieme exercice. 



* 



7 17 7 1 

II moi-si-ra, 

eel mweh zee ra. 

1 7 7 15 
la dic-tion,* 

la deekseeon. 

16 l 7 13 

un pa-tient, 

un pa see an. 

7 5 6 
Xi-me-nes, 

gzeema nehs. 

5 1 7 15 

e-za-mi-nons, let us examine. 

a gza mee non. 

5 8 7 4 

e-xo-ti-que,* 

a gzo teek\ 

5 9 7 7 15 

ex-po-si-tion,* 

aksf po zee see on. 



it will mould. 



the diction. 



a patient. 



Ximenes. 



exotic. 



exposure. 



5 6 10 4 

Ex-ces, lu-xe, 
akf seh, ltiks'. 

5 7 7 7 15 

e-xhi-bi-tion, 

a gzee bee see ori. 

17 13 4 

soi-xan-te, 

swell sant'. 

5 10 4 
ex-cu-ses, 

aksf kuz'. 

6 7 8 7 

Fe-lix, o-nyx, 
fa leeks, o neeks. 

5 5 13 
ex-ce-dant, 

akf sa dan. 

5 10 13 

ex-su-dant, 

akt su dari. 



excess, luxury. 

exhibition. 

sixty. 

excuses. 

Felix, onyx. 

exceeding. 

perspiring. 



II moisira, la diction, un patient, Ximenes, examinons, ex- 
otique, exposition, exces, luxe, exhibition, soixante, excuses, 
Felix, onyx, excedant, exsudant. 



* Diction, patient, exotique, and exposition will be spelled: 
dub ee kuh deek, suh ee on seeon, deekseeon ; puh a pa, suh ee 
an seean, paseean; a ksuh aks, puh o po, akspo, zuh ee zee, 
akspozee, suh ee on seeon, akspozeeseeon ; a, gzuh 6 gzo, agz5, 
tuh ee tee, agzotee, kuh uh kuh, agzoteek'. 

f The student will remember that, in the written pronunciation, 
the a, without any mark, must invariably be sounded as a in late, 
regardless of the letters which precede or follow it. 



a, as; ah, ah, father; ub, ermine; e or ', move; a, late; eh, met; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; o, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first; oo, too; an, want; m, Yankee; on, don't; un, 
grunt ; weh, "wear ; wah, "water ; g, go ; zh, glazier. 



22 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 
NINTH LESSON. Muvieme hgon. 

COMBINED CONSONANTS. 

44. The combined or inseparable consonants are never 
separated in the syllabification of words. They are consid- 
ered as one articulation, and pronounced accordingly in one 
explosion, or with one impulsion of the voice. 

THE TWENTY-THREE GROUPS OF COMBINED CONSONANTS. 



1. 


bl,* as in 


blur, called bluh. 


13. 


ph, as in phial, called fuh. 


2. 


br, „ 


brush, 


,, bruh. 


14. 


phi, ,, phlegm, „ 


fluh. 


3. 


ch, , 


» 


machine, 


,, shuh. 


15. 


phr, ,, phrase, ,, 


fruh. 


4. 


chr, 


> 


chromo, 


,, kruh. 


16. 


pi, „ plum, 


pluh. 


5. 


cl, , 


j 


club, 


,, kluh. 


17. 


pr, ,, prussia, ,, 


pruh. 


6. 


cr, 


j 


crush, 


,, kruh. 


18. 


rh, ,, rhumb, ,, 


ruh. 


7. 


dr, 


y 


drum, 


,, druh. 


19. 


th, as t in tub, ,, 


tuh. 


8. 


A, 


» 


flush, 


,, fluh. 


20. 


thl, as tl in titling, ,, 


tluh. 


9. 


fr, 


» 


frush, 


,, fruh. 


21. 


thr, as tr in trudge, ,, 


truh. 


10. 


A 




glum, 


„ gluh. 


22. 


tr, as tr in trudge, ,, 


truh. 


11. 


gn, as ng 


in singing, 


,, gnuh. 


23. 


vr, as in chevron, ,, 


vruh. 


12. 


gr, as 


in 


grudge, 


,, gruh. 









45. Double Consonants. — When a consonant is doubled, 
the first is generally silent, but by no means useless, for it 
indicates that the syllable to which it belongs is short. 



* The pronunciation of English words ending with e preceded by 
combined consonants is peculiar. The two final letters interchange 
places : the e, assuming what is known as the obscure u sound, is 
virtually intercalated between the two preceding consonants. Thus, 
amiable, eagle, centre, waffle, &c, are pronounced amidbul, eagul, 
centur, wqfful, &c. This never happens in French. The two conso- 
nants adhere to each other as closely as at the beginning of words ; 
and the two consonant sounds, squeezed into one single articulation, 
come out in one explosion of the voice. Thus, aimable, aigle, 
centre, rafle, &c, are regularly pronounced, aimabV, aigl\ centr\ 
rafl\ &c. The strength of the voice resting upon the penult, the 
sounding breath expires upon the last consonant of the final syl- 
lable. 



LETTERS. 



23 



PRACTICE. 



NINTH EXERCISE. 



Neuvihne exercice. 



s 13 15 . [flaxen. 

Le chant,* blond, the singing, 
luh shaii, bloii. 



18 9 12 

un gros clou, 

un gro kloo. 

1 10 10 4 
la bru-lu-re, 
la brulur'. 

10 4 10 4 

u-ne flu-te, 
tin' flut'. 

17 14 

la gri-ma-ce, 

la gree mas'. 

8 8 5 4 

chro-no-me-tre, 

kr5 no mehtr'. 

10 4 2 4 

u-ne phra-se, 
un' frahz'. 

5 8 8 7 

phle-bo-to-mie,* 

fla bo to mee. 

5 8 8 7 

phre-no-lo-gie, 

fra no 15 zhee. 



a big nail, 
the burn, 
a flute, 
the wry face, 
chronometer, 
a sentence, 
bleeding, 
phrenology. 



16 7 15 

Un pry-ta-nee, 

un pree ta na. 

10 4 9 4 7 

u-ne dro-le-rie, 

tin' drol' ree. 

8 17 4 

chrb-ma-ti-que, 

kro ma teek'. 

1 10 1 7 5 

la fru-ga-li-te, 

la fru ga lee ta. 

5 8 8 7 

phle-bo-lo-gie, 

fla bo lo zhee. 

6 17 
phleg-ma-sie,* 

flehg ma zee. 

5 8 6 4 

phe-no-me-ne, 

fa n5 mehn'. 

5 2 1 
the-a-tral, 

ta ah tral. 

8 7 4 
chro-ni-que, 

kr5 neek'. 



a pr}i;aneum. 
a drollery, 
chromatic. 

the frugality. 

[veins, 
treatise on the 

phlegmasia. 

phenomenon. 

theatrical. 

chronicle. 



Le chant, blond, un gros clou, la brulure, une flute, la gri- 
mace, chronometre, une phrase, phlebotomie, phrenologie, un 
prytanee, une drolerie, chromatique, la frugalite, phlebologie, 
phlegmasie, phenomene, theatral, chronique. 

* Chant, phlebotomie, phlegmasie, &c, will be spelled: shuh 
an shan ; fluh a fla, buh 6 bo, flab5, tun 6 to, flab5t6, muh ee mee, 
flabotSmee ; fluh eh gub flehg, muh a ma, flehgma, zuh ee zee, 
flehgmazee ; &c. 

a, as; ah, ah, father; uh, ermine; e or ', move; a, late; eh, met; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt ; weh, "wear ; wah, "water ; g, go ; zh, glazier. 



24 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 

THEORY. 

TENTH LESSOK Dixieme legon. 

VOWEL LETTERS AND SOUNDS. 

46. The first towel-sound (a in as) is represented : 

1°. By a without accent (except in the cases stated in the 
next lesson). 

2°. By a. (Here the grave accent is used to distinguish 
words containing the same letters, but having a different 
meaning.) 

3°. By ea. (This combination occurs after g. The e, which 
is here a mere orthographic letter, is used to indicate 
that the g retains its soft sound as z in glazier.) 

4°. By a and ea ; but only in the terminations antes, dtes, at, 
edmes, edtes, eat, of the verbs of the first conjugation.* 

5°. By ai before 1 liquid.f 

6°. By ai before 11 liquid, but only in medaille, medailliste, 
medaillier, medallion, bataillon ; in all the tenses of tra- 
vailler, detailler, ravitailler ; and in those of falloir, valoir, 
faillir, saillir, jaillir, and tressaillir, which contain the 
combination aill, also, in their derivatives. 

7°. By the e of emm in the middle of words. 

8°. By the e of enn in s'ennuiter, solennel, hennir, and in words 
of the same radical. 

47. Concerning the letter a. — When two a's occur 
at the beginning of words, only one is heard ; as in Aalen, 
Aar, Aarun, Aarbourg, Aarrhus, aavora, which are pro- 
nounced Men, Ar, Arun, Arbourg, &c. Aaron is pronounced 
Avon in poetry, but in prose the two a's are felt. 

In the middle of words the a's form two distinct syllables : 
Baal, Isaac, Balaam, &c, are pronounced Ba-al, I-sa-ac, 
Ba-la-am. 

* The circumflex accent, which is in French, as it is in Latin, 
the sign of contraction, indicates the suppression of a letter, — s in the 
case above, allasmes, allastes, &c. In these terminations it does not 
alter the a sound in its quality, but only and slightly in its quantity, 
causing it to be a little longer. 

f 1 liquid, it will be remembered, is pronounced as y in yes. 



LETTERS. 



25 



PRACTICE. 



TENTH EXERCISE. 



Dixieme exercice. 



12 5 1 15 

Nous de-tail-lons,* we retail, 
noo da ta yon. 

15 1 7 14 
on ra-vi-tail-le, 

on ra vee ta yS. 

3 3 14 
que je vail-le, 

kuh zhnh va y§. 

10 5 l 
du be-tail, 

dti ba ta ye. 

12 13 1 4 

vous man-gea-tes, you did eat. 
voo man zhat'. 

10 5 7 l 

tu ge-mi-ras, thou shalt bemoan, 
tii zha niee ra. 



they provision. 

[worth, 
that I may be 



some cattle. 



the stained glass. 



8 7 1 

le vi-trail, 

luh vee tra yS. 



12 15 14 
nous son-ge^-mes, we thought, 
noo soii zham\ 



16 8 1 
Un por-tail, 

uh por ta je. 

11 7 11 
Ba-al, I-sa-ac, Baal, Isaac. 

ba al, ee za ak. 

18 1 

aa-vo-ra, 
a v5 ra. 



a portal. 



palm-trees. 



114 

la feni-me,* the woman, 
la fam'. 



8 1 7 

so-len-ni- 

s5 la nee 


5 

te, 

ta. 


solemnity. 


7 17 


i 




il hen-ni-ra, 


it will neigh. 


eel a nee ra. 




3 1 

le bras, 




the arm. 


luh bra. 






7 17 

il jail-lit, 

eel zha yee. 




it springs. 



Nous detaillons, on ravitaille, que je vaille, du be tail, vous 
mangeates, tu gemiras, le vitrail, nous songeames, un portail, 
Baal, Isaac, aavora, la femme, solennite, il hennira, le bras, 
il jaillit. 



* Nous detaillons will be spelled : nuh oo noo ; duh a da, tuh 
a ta, data, yuh on yon, datayon ; noo datayon. La femme will 
be spelled : luh a. la ; fuh a. fa, muh uh muh, fam' ; la fam' ; &c. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or \ move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; in, Yankee ; on, don^ ; un, 
grunt ; weh, "wear ; wah, -water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, 
singing; y, yes. 



26 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 

THEORY. 
ELEVENTH LESSON. OnzQme legon. 

VOWEL LETTERS AND SOUNDS {continued). 

47. Concerning the letter a. — When a is preceded 
or followed by o, it generally retains its proper sound ; and 
the o, detached from it, forms a distinct syllable: cacao, 
chaos, Pliaraon, Laodicee, Laocoon, Bilbao, caoutchouc, aorte, 
ao&ter, oasis, boa, Goa, Antigoa, &c, are pronounced ca-ca-o, 
cha-os, o-a-sis, ho -a, &c. 

a is silent in taon, Saint -Laon, Aout, aouteron, Saone, 
toast, curagao, aoriste, saoul, saouler ; pronounced ton, Saint- 
Lon, out, outeron, Sone, tost, cuirago, oriste, sou, sou-le. On the 
contrary, o is null in faon, faonner, Laon, paon, paonne, paon- 
neau, Craon ; pronounced fan, fanner, Lan, 'pan, panne, pan- 
neau, Cran. 

Mme. de Stael is pronounced stahl or sta-el: either pronun- 
ciation is correct. 

48. The second towel-sound (as a in father) is repre- 
sented by a and ea, except, as we have seen in the preceding 
lesson, in the terminations of verbs, — dmes, dtes, at, edmes, 
eates, eat. 

49. a, without accent, represents also the second vowel- 
sound. 

1°. Before s and z final, except in verbs and in bras, arm. 

2°. In the derivatives of words ending in as (few exceptions). 

3°. Before se, ze, and rr (generally). 

4°. In words borrowed from the Latin. 

5°. In ai before 11 liquid. 

6°. Before tion. 

7°. In the syllables qua and gua when the u is sounded as 

00 in too. (This rule will be fully explained further 

on.) 



LETTERS. 



27 



PRACTICE. 



ELEVENTH EXERCISE. 



On. 



zieme exercice. 



low, low (f.). 



a vase, gauze. 



the wall. 



2 2 4 

Bas, bas-se, 

bah, bahs'. 

12 1 2 15 
nous ra-mas-sons, we gather up. 
noo ra mah son. 

16 2 4 2 4 

un va-se, ga-ze, 

un vahz', gahz'. 

1 10 2 4 
la mu-rail-le,* 

la, mil rah ye. 

12 4 

la pail-le f * the straw, 

la, pah ye. 

3 3 2 8 2 [g as - 

le re-pas, le gaz, the meal, the 
luh ruh pah, luh gahz. 

7 15 2 

ils sont las, 

eel son lah. 



2 7 10 4 

las-si-tu-de, 

lah see tud\ 



they are tired. 



fatigue. 



the damask. 



3 12 

Le da-mas, 
luh da mah. 



12 5 

da-mas-se, damasked, 

da mah sa. 

2 2 4 5 2 [havoc. 

ras, ra-se, de-gat, close-shaved, 
rah rahz', da gah. 



a step, to pass. 



16 2 2 5 

un pas, pas-ser, 

un pah, pah sa. 



10 4 1 2 4 

u-ne ba-tail-le, a battle, 
tin' ba tah ye. 



the vocation. 



1 8 2 7 15 

la vo-ca-ti-on, 

la v5 kah see oil. 



12 2 10 6 4 

qua-dru-pe-de, quadruped, 
kooahdrupehd'. 



2 5 2 6 
a-ve, pa-ter, 

ah va, pah tehr. 



ave, pater. 



Bas, basse, nous ramassons, un vase, gaze, la muraille, la 
paille, le repas, le gaz, ils sont las, lassitude, le damas, da- 
masse, ras, rase, degat, un pas, passer, une bataille, la vocation, 
quadrupede, ave, pater. 



* Muraille, paille, &c, will be spelled : muh u mu, ruh ah rah, 
murah, yuh uh yuh, murahye ; puh ah pah, yuh uh yuh, pahye ; 



&c. 



a, as ; ah, ah, lather ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first; oo,.too; an, want; ifi, Yankee; on, don't; un, 
grunt ; weh, "wear ; wah, "water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, 
singing; y, yes. 



28 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 
TWELFTH LESSON. Douzieme legon. 

VOWEL LETTERS AND SOUNDS {continued). 

50. a without accent is also sounded as a in father in the 
following words and those of the same radical: accabler, 
gare ! bah ! occasion, chalet, ah ! flamme, rare, tasse, echasse, 
Jeanne, rafle, miracle, jaser, calfat, allah ! classe, casser, sabre, 
fable, jadis, lazzi, gazouiller, racier, lacer, grasseyer, and a 
few others. 

51. The third vowel-sound, which is identical with the 
sound of e in ermine, is represented by e, without accent, in 
monosyllabic words, and in syllables not final, containing no 
other vowel-letter than that e, and in gue and que. 

This rich and well-characterized sound is also represented 
by the following combinations : — 
1°. eu, eue, ceu, bat only before b, f, 1, il liquid, n not final, 

p, r, and v. 
2°. cei, uei, before 1 liquid. 

Obs. — But eu initial, whether followed or not by any of 
the consonants enumerated above, always represents the 
11th sound (as i in first). 

52. When the unaccented e is the only vowel-letter of two 
or three successive syllables respectively, occurring at the 
beginning of a word, as in recevoir, redevenir, &c, the sound 
of one or two of those e's is dropped, at the option of the 
speaker, so as to obtain rapidity and greater ease and 
smoothness in the pronunciation. 

Obs. — This sound (e as in ermine) is the only vowel-sound 
that is occasionally slighted in French. In conversation, 
that unaccented e is invariably silent, whenever the conso- 
nant before it can be pronounced either with the vowel pre- 
ceding that consonant, or with the vowel beginning the 
syllable or word which immediately follows the e ; precisely 
as, in English, in intimately, pure affection ; pronounced inti- 
matly, pur affection. 



LETTERS. 



29 



PRACTICE. 



TWELFTH EXERCISE. 



Douzieme exercice. 



8 8 8 4 [alone. 

lie veuf, seu-le, the widower, 
luh vuhf, suhl'. 

13 8 

la peur, l'ceuf,* the fear, the egg. 
13. puhr, luhf. 

4 4 8 4 

neu-ve, l'heu-re, new, the hour. 

nuhv', luhr'. 

8 n n 8 4 [Europe. 
le voeu, l'Eu-ro-pe, the vow, 
luh veu, leu r5p\ 

18 11 
ma-lheu-r eux, f unfortunate . 
ma luh reu. 

118 
l'a-ma-teur, the amateur, 

la ma tuhr. 

8 14 
l'oeil-la-de, J the glance, 

luh yad'. 



12 4 3 4 

Nous re-de-ve 

' noo r' duhv' 

3 12 3 

1'ceil, dou-leur, 

luhye, doo luhr. 

16 11 
un noeud, 



un 



neu. 



16 3 

un boeuf, 

un buhf. 

1 8 

l'ac-cueil, 

la kuhye. 

8 3 11 

l'or-gueil-leux, 

lor guh yeu. 

10 1 3 1 

tu ac-cueil-las, 
tti a kuh ya. 



is [again, 

■nons, we become 
non. 

the eye, grief. 

a knot. 

an ox. 

the greeting. 
§ the proud one. 
thou welcomed st. 



Le veuf, seule, la peur, l'ceuf, neuve, l'heure, le voeu, l'Europe, 
malheureux, l'amateur, rceillade, nous redevenons, Toeil, dou- 
leur, un noeud, un boeuf, l'accueil, l'orgueilleux, tu accueillas. 



* The apostrophe (') is used in French to indicate the elision of 
a vowel. It does not affect, in the least, the sound of the consonant 
which precedes it, nor of the vowel which follows. 

j- Malheureux is etymologically divided thus : mal-heu-reux ; but 
•its pronunciation requires the division given in the exercise above. 

J L'ceillade, &c, will be spelled: luh uh luh, yuh a ya, luhya, 
duh uh dun, luhyade. 

§ L'orgueilleux is also pronounced lor ga yeu. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt; weh, wear; wah, water; g, go; zh, glazier; gn, 
singing; y, yes. 



30 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 



THIRTEENTH LESSON. Treizieme le$on. 

VOWEL LETTERS AND SOUNDS {continued). 

53. In ress at the beginning of words, the e is sounded as 
in ermine, ressource, ressembler, ressort, &c. But in ressui, 
ressuciter, ressuyer, the first e has the value of a in fate. 

54. In dessus, dessous, cheptel, the e sounds as in ermine. 

55. Fourth Vowel-Sound. — The semi-mute e (as in 
move) represents an obscure sound, or rather an emission of 
breath hardly audible, — a mere vanishing of the voice. It 
really represents a want of sound in the escaping breath, 
and not a distinct vowel-sound. 

56. The semi-mute e is not exclusively French : it exists 
also in a number of English words. For instance, in base- 
ment, ceaseless, enticement, immediately, move, zone, take, 
bore, &c, the nearly silent e is precisely similar to the semi- 
mute e of the French, which is indistinct, feeble, and the 
faintest of our vowel-sounds. 

57. e not initial, and unaccented, of course, is semi-mute : 
1°. When final and preceded by a consonant (in words of 
more than one syllable). 

2°. Before a single consonant not final, x excepted. 

3°. Before two consonants, the second being 1 or r. 

4°. In es at the end of words of more than one syllable. 

5°. In ent, termination of the third person plural of verbs. 

Obs. — The semi-mute e forms naturally semi-mute syl- 
lables. 

58. A semi-mute syllable generally lengthens the sound of 
the syllable preceding it. 

59. e final preceded by a vowel is altogether silent, but 
not useless: 

1°. It lengthens the sound of the preceding vowel. 
2°. It is generally the distinctive mark of the feminine 
gender. 



LETTERS. 



31 



PRACTICE. 



THIRTEENTH EXERCISE. TreizQme legon. 



1 4 3 10 

La "re-te-nue, the reserve. 

la r tuh nil. 

3 5 4 5 
le se-ne-ve, the charlock, 

lull sa n' va. 

3 4 14 

le ve-nin, the venom, 

luh v' run. 

7 5 4 8 4 

ils de-ve-lop-pent, they unfold, 
eel da v' lop'. 
7 3 5 12 [themselves. 

ils se de-vouent, they devote 
eel suh da too. 



7 6 4 

ils me-nent, 

eel melin'. 

16 4 14 

un se-quin, 

uii s' km. 

16 4 6 4 
un re-me-de, 

un r' inehd'. 



they lead. 
a sequin. 
a remedv. 



7 3 4 17 

Ils se re-voient, 
eel suh r* vweh. 

7 14 

il par-le,* 

eel pari'. 

7 14 

ils par-lent, 

eel pari'. 

8 13 4 7 

for-fan-te-rie, 

for fan t' ree. 

5 15 4 10 

de-con-ve-nue, 

da kon v' nu. 

9 7 4 

to-ni-que, 

to neek. 

14 4 
quin-ze, 

kifiz'. 

118 7 

l'a-na-to-mie, 

la na to mee. 



[other again, 
they see each 

he speaks. 

they speak. 

bragging. 

discomfiture. 

tonic. 

fifteen. 

the anatomv. 



La retenue, le seneve, le venin, ils developpent, ils se de- 
vouent, ils menent, un sequin, un remede, ils se revoient, il 
parle, ils parlent, forfanterie, deconvenue, tonique, quinze, l'a- 
natomie. 



* The e of the termination ent of the third person plural of verbs 
was formerly sounded. ISTow, without being sounded, it borrows 
however from the consonants nt which follow it a value in quantity 
which it has not in the singular ; and this quantitative difference 
between the singular and plural should always be felt 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; ii, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't ; uli, 
grunt ; weh, "wear ; wah, "water ; g, go ] zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing ; y, yes. 



32 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 



FOURTEENTH LESSON. Quatorzieme le$on. 

VOWEL LETTERS AND SOUNDS {continued). 

60. In poetry, and particularly in singing, the e, which in 
prose would be semi-mute or altogether silent, is generally 
fully sounded. 

61. e, without accent, is therefore sounded with different 
degrees of force and distinctness, according to place and 
circumstances. 

In polysyllabic words, the medial e is either sounded dis- 
tinctly, as in comprtnons, or slighted in its pronunciation, as 
in maintenant ; and very often, as we have already seen, its 
sound is dropped altogether, its function being simply to give 
a full sound to the preceding consonant. We generally drop 
the e sound whenever it is possible to do so. For instance, it is 
easier to pronounce soutenir, maintenant, convenable, bonne- 
ment, without the e sound, — thus : soutnir, maintnant, conv- 
nable, bonnmetit / consequently to drop the e sound in such 
words is correct. On the other hand, it is easier to give the 
medial e its full sound (as in ermine) when it is preceded by 
combined consonants, or some soft or liquid sounds, such as 
are represented by r, 1, s ; or when a semi-mute syllable 
whose e sound is dropped, immediately precedes it, as in 
Charlemagne, considerabtement, compreno?is, redsmandons, 
&c. : therefore, in this case, the rule is to pronounce the e 
distinctly.* 



* Obs. — "When the semi-mute e is not preceded by a double con- 
sonant (rr excepted) , it lengthens the syllable before it ; and if that 
syllable is already a long one by its nature, such as those formed by 
nasal vowels or diphthongs, its position before the semi-mute e makes 
it, necessarily, still longer. 



LETTERS. 



33 



PRACTICE. 



FOURTEENTH EXERCISE. Quatorzieme exercice. 



4 7 4 15 

Le vi-gne-ron, the vine-dresser. 
P veegn' roll. 

10 4 7 4 

u-ne li-gne, a line, 

tin' leegn'. 

1 13 14 

la cam-pa-gne, the country, 
la kan pagn'. 

1 17 4 5 

la na-i-ve-te,* 

la na eev' ta. 

7 114 

il tra-vail-le, 

eel tra vaye. 

7 114 

ils tra-vail-lent, they work, 
eel tra vaye. 



the artlessness. 



he works. 



17 4 7 10 

La fil-le, ci-gue, 

la feey', see gQ. 

1 17 10 7 

la froi-du-re, 

la frweh dtlr'. 

7 9 8 7 

phi-lo-so-phie, 

fee lo z5 fee. 

7 3 4 

ils meu-blent, 

eel nmh bP. 

7 3 4 

il meu-ble, 

eel muh. bP. 

4 8 4 

le peu-ple, 
P puh pP. 



[lock, 
f the girl, hem- 



the coldness, 
philosophy, 
they furnish, 
he furnishes, 
the people. 



Le vigneron, une ligne, la campagne, la naivete, il travaille, 
ils travaillent, la fille, cigue, la froidure, philosophic, ils meu- 
blent, il meuble, le peuple. 

* The diaeresis ("), dierese, or trema, is used over e, i, and u 
(e, l, ii) to indicate that these vowels are not combined with the pre- 
ceding one, but form a distinct syllable, and should be pronounced 
separately, retaining, of course, their proper sound. 

f We have seen (page 18) that in gu followed by e, i, or y, the u 
is an orthographic letter, and as such silent ; but that rule has the 
following exception : viz., when e is added to form the feminine of 
an adjective ending in the masculine in gu, that addition of e does not 
cause the u — which is, naturally, fully sounded in the masculine — 
to become silent in the feminine, inasmuch as it is not the u, but the 
e, which is the orthographic letter in this case. The diaeresis, then, 
over the e, indicates that the latter does not affect the regular pro- 
nunciation of the u„ 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there; ee, police; 6 nor; o, also; o, no; u, constitution; 
eu, first; oo, too; an, want; m, Yankee ; on, don't; un, 
grunt ; weh, wear ; wah, "water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing; y, yes. 

3 



34 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 



FIFTEENTH LESSON. 



QicinziZme le$on. 



VOWEL LETTERS AND SOUNDS {continued). 

62. In the termination ent of the third person plural of 
verbs, the e is silent together with nt, mark of the plural ; 
but, according to rule, nt lengthens the preceding syllable : 
hence, il parle and ils parlent, il prie and ils prient, differ, 
but only in the quantity, or duration of sound, the plural 
being longer than the singular. 

63. It must be remembered that the termination ent is 
silent in the third person plural of verbs only : everywhere 
else the e of that termination coalesces with the n, forming 
a nasal sound which is fully and distinctly pronounced. The 
following list will sufficiently illustrate this rule : — 



7 1 10 

lis affluent, 

eel za flu. 

7 15 4 

ils content, 

eel kont\ m 



7 15 6 4 

ils convergent, they converge. 

eel kon vehrzh'. 



they abound, 
they relate. 



they envy. 



7 18 7 

ils envient, 

eel zan vee. 

7 5 5 7 

ils expedient, they despatch, 
eel zaks pa dee. 

7 5 6 4 

ils excellent, they excel, 
eel zaks ehl\ 

7 5 6 4 

ils precedent, they precede, 
eel pra sehd\ 



16 1 10 13 

Un affluent, a tributary stream, 
un na flu an. ♦ 

7 6 15 13 

il est content, he is contented, 
eel eh kon tan. 

15 6 13 
convergent (adj.), convergent, 
kon vehr zhan. 



he comes thence. 



7 13 7 14 

il en vient, 

eel an vee m. 



16 5 5 7 13 

un expedient, an expedient. 

un naks pa dee an. 

6 5 5 13 . 

c'est excellent, that is excellent, 
sen taks a Ian. 

16 5 5 13 

un precedent, a precedent, 
un pra sa dan. 



LETTERS. 



35 



PRACTICE. 



FIFTEENTH EXERCISE. 



Quinzieme exercice. 



7 16 4 

lis adherent, they adhere, 
eel za dehr\ 



they invite. 



7 15 7 

ils convient, 

eel kon vee. 



7 7 6 4 

ils different, they defer. 

eel def fekr'. 

7 5 7 14 [lent. 

ils equivalent, they are equiva- 

eel za kee val. 



they neglect. 



7 5 7 4 

ils negligent, 

eel na gleezh'. 



7 5 7 4 

ils president, they preside, 
eel pra zeed. 



7 5 7 4 

ils resident, 

eel ra zeed'. 



they reside. 



16 1 5 13 

TJn adherent, 

un na da ran. 

7 15 7 14 

il convient, 

eel kon vee in. 

6 7 5 13 

c'est different, 

seh dee fa ran. 

5 7 1 13 
l'equivalent, 

la kee va Ian. 

16 5 7 13 
un negligent, 
un na glee zhali. 

4 5 7 13 

le president, 

1' pra zee dan. 

16 5 7 13 
un resident, 

un ra zee daii. 



an adherent, 
it is suitable, 
it is different, 
the equivalent, 
a neglectful one. 
the president, 
a resident. 



Note. — In regard to quantity, one thing should be borne in mind ; 
viz., that syllables are not measured according to the accidental slow- 
ness or rapidity of their pronunciation, but relatively to the immutable 
proportions which make them short or long. Thus, of two persons, 
one may excessively lengthen his words, the other may hurry and 
sputter, and still both may duly and equally attend to the quantity ; 
for, although the sputterer may have pronounced a long syllable 
quicker than his companion a short one, neither the one nor the other 
may fail to make their syllables short or long as they should be, with 
this difference only, that one of them articulates his syllables in one 
fourth or fifth of the time which the other requires. 



a, as; ah, ah, father; uh, ermine; e or ', move ; a, late; eh, met; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; in, Yankee ; on, don't ; Un, 
grunt; weh, "wear; wah, water; g, go; zh, glazier; gn, sing- 
ing; y> yes. 



36 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 
SIXTEENTH LESSON. Seizilme le$on. 

VOWEL LETTERS AND SOUNDS {continued). 

64. When several monosyllabic words or syllables whose 
vowel-sound is represented by the unaccented e follow each 
other in uninterrupted succession, we drop the e sound of as 
many of these syllables as is necessary to obtain rapidity of 
utterance and smoothness and ease in pronunciation; and 
thus the monotony which would result from the repetition 
of the same sound in successive syllables is avoided. 

Obs. — Unsuccessful attempts have been made to establish 
rules which would indicate with certainty which of these 
successive syllables should suppress the e sound, and which 
retain it in full (as in ermine). Good elocutionists disregard 
(with reason) such definite rules ; and the general principle 
which governs our best speakers is this : — 

65. The e sound should be dropped whenever the articu- 
lation accompanying the vowel e can be pronounced with- 
out it. 

66. It is, however, a pretty general custom, in conversa- 
tion, to drop the e sound of every alternate syllable ; the first, 
third, fifth, &c, only being sounded. 

Obs. — But this is not a binding rule. The speaker may, 
as it has already been said, slur or omit altogether the 
e sound whenever rapidity, convenience, euphony, or even 
his own taste require it. The syllable que is, of all, the one 
more frequently pronounced distinctly. 

67. In poetry the syllable containing the unaccented e is 
generally reckoned as one foot of the verse, and therefore 
fully sounded. 

68. The combination ai of faire, to make, and derivatives, 
is irregularly pronounced as e in her, in the tenses of that 
verb having two sonorous syllables, and that sound is sub- 
jected to the foregoing rules. 



LETTERS. 



37 



PRACTICE. 



SIXTEENTH EXERCISE. 



Seizieme exercice. 



3 4 8 4 

Je le don-ne, 

zhuh P d5n\ 
3 4 3 8 4 2 

Je ne le don-ne pas, 

zhuh n' luh don' pah. 

3 4 3 4 8 4 

Que je te le don-ne, 

kuh zh'tuh 1' don*. 

3 4 3438 4 2 

Que je ne te le don-ne pas, 

kuh zh' nuh t' luh don' pah. 



I give it. 



I do not give it. 



That I may give it to thee. 



That I may not give it to thee. 



1 4 3 43 43 894 2 

Par-ce que je ne me le pro-po-se pas, 

pars' kuh zh' nuh m'luh pr5 poz' pah. 

34 343437 4 2 

De ce que je ne te le don-ne pas, 

duh s' kuh zh' nuh t' luh don pah. 

34 3 43434 13 42 

De ce que je ne te le de-man-de pas, 

duh s' kuh zh' nuh t' luh d' mand' pah. 

343 484343 13 42 [again from thee. 

De ce que je ne te le re-de-man-de pas, Because I do not ask it 

duh s' kuh zh' nuh t' luh r' duh mand' pah. 



[it to myself. 
Because I do not propose 

[to thee. 
Because I do not give it 

[of thee. 
Because I do not ask it 



12 3 15 7 3 6 

Nous fai-sons, ils fai-saient, 

noo fuh zoii, eel fuh zeh. 

7 14 3 13 7 14 3 13 4 

Bien fai-sant, bien-fai-san-ce, 

bee in fuh zan, bee m fuh zans'. 



We do, they were doing. 



Benevolent, benevolence. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; in, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt ; weh, wear ; wah, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing; y, yes. 



38 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 

THEORY. 
SEVENTEENTH LESSON. Dix-septieme le^on. 

VOWEL LETTERS AND SOUNDS {continued). 

69. Fifth Vowel-Sound. — The acute e, which has the 
greatest intensity of all the e's, is always short, and neatly 
pronounced. Our e is the short e of the Latin : elegant, ele- 
gans ; element, elementum. It represents the fifth sound of 
our scale. 

70. When the English words late, gate, paper, are uttered 
with brevity, their a sound is equivalent to that of the 
French e. 

71. This acute sound (a in late) is also represented by the 
following combinations of letters, but only in the positions 
and circumstances herein specified: — 

1°. oe initial, before a consonant. 

2°. er, ez, and ee, final. 

3°. ai, eai, aie, final, but in verbs only. 

4°. et conjunction (whose t is always silent). 

5°. ai in je sals, tu sais^ il salt, ga% fantaisie, fraisil, saisir, 

faineant, quai, plaisir^ and a few other words, given 

in subsequent lessons. 

72. e without accent is also sounded as a in late (fifth 
vowel-sound). 

1°. Before a doubled consonant not immediately followed by 
another unaccented e. 

2°. In the prefix ex, and in words borrowed from the Latin 
and Italian languages. 

3°. Before d final, except in proper names. 

4°. In les, des, ces, mes, tes, ses. 

5°. In es initial, except when es has the force of a prepo- 
sition. 

Obs. — The acute e never coalesces with the following 
vowel, but it may form a diphthongal syllable with the vowel 
preceding it. 



LETTERS. 



39 



PRACTICE. 



SEVENTEENTH EXERCISE. Dix-septieme exercice. 



5 10 5 7 4 

CE-cu-me-ni-que,* oecumenical, 
a ku ina neek'. 

12 4 1 5 

vous me-na-cez, you threaten, 
voo ni' na sa. 



4 7 5 

de-vi-ner, 

d' vee na. 

f 

4 5 3 4 5 

le nez, je se-rai, 

1' na, zhuh s' ra. 

3 10 5 
je ju-geai, 

zhuh zhtl zha. 

1 10 3 5 
va sur le quai, 

va stir luh ka. 

4 5 4 5 7 

je-tez le frai-sil, 

zh' ta 1' fra zee. 

5 5 9 9 

ec-ce ho-mo, 

ak sa o mo. 



to guess. 

[shall be. 
the nose, I 



I judged. 

[wharf, 
go upon the 

[the coal-dross, 
throw away 



ecce homo. 



4 5 5 5 

Se re-cre-er, to divert one's self. 
s' ra kra a. 



5 7 5 
les pieds,f 

la pee a. 



que j aie, 

kuh zha. 

5 6 4 

es pe-ces, 

as pens'. 



the feet, 
that I may have, 
species. 



5 1 12 4 

es-car-bou-cle, carbuncle, 
as kar bookl'. 



7 1 7 5 

il s'as-sied, 

eel sa see a. 

5 5 5 

es-pe-rer, 

as pa ra. 

4 13 5 

je par-le-rai, 

zh' par luh ra. 



he sits down. 

to hope. 

I shall speak. 



GEJcumenique, vous menacez, deviner, le nez, je serai, je ju- 
geai, va sur le quai, jetez le fraisil, ecce homo, se recreer, les 
pieds, que j'aie, especes, escarboucle, il s'assied, esperer, je par- 
lerai. 



* The letter i has the most acute sound of all the vowels ; then 
comes the e ; next, the e, which varies most of all ; the §, which is 
the broadest of the e's ; and, finally, a, which is the most open and 
the longest of all the vowel-sounds. 

f s, mark of the plural, lengthens (slightly) the last sonorous 
sound of the word. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father: uh, ermine ; e or \ move ; a, late; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt ; weh, wear ; wah, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing; y, yes. 



40 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 



EIGHTEENTH LESSON. Dix-huitieme le$on. 

VOWEL LETTERS AND SOUNDS {continued), 

73. Concerning the letter 6. — At the beginning of 
many words, the acute accent is essentially euphonic. It 
there supplies the place of the letter s which is now omitted, 
— ecole, ecrit, ecaille, &c, were formerly written eschole, 
escript, escaille, &c, from the Latin schola, scfaptiim, squam- 
ma y &c. 

74. In many other words which have retained the s, the 
initial unaccented e is sounded e (see § 72, 5°) : thus, esca- 
beau, esperer, &c, are pronounced escabeau, esperer, &c. 

75. But e is (regularly) sounded (as in met) when es ini- 
tial has the force of a preposition indicating separation, and 
represents the ex of the Latin : escompter, ex-completare, 
estime, existimatio y &c, are pronounced escompter, estimer, 
&c. 

Obs. — When e without accent is said to be pronounced 
like the acute e, its sound is never so close nor brief, how- 
ever, as that of e. On the other hand, it is, of course, never 
so open as that of the grave e. 

76. er final has generally the value of 6 ; but when the 
r is carried to the next word, which is the case in poetry, 
in serious reading, and in the elevated or noble style, the 
e sound, then affected by the sounded r, is not quite so close 
as that of e. 

77. The termination ege is invariably pronounced ege. 
Here the acute accent is retained by reason of etymology 
(by the Academy) ; but many writers, in conformity with 
the pronunciation, use, very rationally, the grave accent, — 
an orthography which will ultimately prevail. 



LETTERS. 



41 



PRACTICE. 



EIGHTEENTH EXERCISE. 



Dix-huitieme exercice. 



5 1 15 

L'es-ca-dron, 

lase ka dron. 

5 115 
es-ca-la-der, 

ase ka la da. 

5 2 4 

l'es-pa-ce, 

lase pahs'. 

5 8 1 
l'es-to-mac, 

lase t5 ma. 



16 5 7 6 4 

un es-pie-gle,* a frolicsome one. 
im nase pee ehgl\ 



the squadron. 
to climb over, 
the space, 
the stomach. 



5 5 8 7 5 

Les es-tro-pies, the crippled, 
la zase tr5 pee a. 



7 8 6 4 

il pro-te-ge, 

eel pr5 tehzh'. 



le col-le-ge, 

luh k5 lelizh*. 

16 5 9 
un cre-do, 

un kra do. 

7 5 6 2 

vi-ce ver-sa, 

vee sa vehr sah. 



he protects, 
the college, 
a creed, 
vice versa. 



* The French ear has a strong partiality for the smooth and pleas- 
ant vowel-sounds. This is manifested by the readiness with which 
the voice rests upon those sounds. Hence, as we have already seen, 
the strongly articulated consonant sounds after which a pause, how- 
ever short, may be made, are generally dropped ; because the voice, 
in sympathy with the ear, feels an instinctive repugnance to stop, rest, 
or even make the slightest pause upon what is rough, abrupt, angu- 
lar, and seek to linger upon what is smooth and soft. But when 
there is no stoppage, no pause, or rest, to be made, — as, for exam- 
ple, between words which, from their intimate connection in sense, 
cannot be disjoined in reading, even by the smallest appreciable break 
in the flow of the voice ; and when, moreover, by dropping the final 
consonant-sound of the first word, a hiatus or gap in the voice would 
result, as in the case of the second word beginning with a vowel, an 
occurrence which is very frequent in French, — then, in order to 
avoid the hiatus or meeting of two vowel-sounds, the final consonant 
of the first word, which in other circumstances would be silent, is 
restored to its full value as an articulation, and takes its place, as a 
sounded consonant, at the beginning of the second word. Thus, 
un ami, les aveux, are pronounced un nami, les zaveux. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt ; weh, -wear ; wah, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing; y, yes. 



42 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 



NINETEENTH LESSON. Dix-neuvieme le$on. 

VOWEL LETTERS AND SOUNDS {continued). 

78. Sixth Vowel-Sound. — The grave e has a broad, 
open sound, which the e of met would exactly represent, if 
the English sound were not so abrupt and snapping. The 
French sound is, according to circumstances, more or less 
open, varying between that of e in met and that of e in 
there, and is the sixth in our scale. 

79. The following combinations represent also the sixth 
vowel-sound : — 

1°. ei, ay, ey, everywhere. 

2°. ai, aie, eai, except when final in verbs. (See § 71, 3°.) 

3°. e\ ei, ai, represent the long sound (e in there). 

4°. ei in reine has also the same long sound. 

80. e without accent is also sounded as in met, when it is 
followed by a consonant in the same syllable, except m, n, x, 
and provided the consonant be not doubled, in which latter 
case e is sounded as a in late. 

81. But when a doubled consonant preceded by e is also 
followed by another unaccented e, the first e assumes tho 
sound of e (as in met). (See § 72, 1°.) 

82. When the combination er is not final, it is always pro- 
nounced as ere in English. 

83. In every language there is, in each word pronounced 
separately, one syllable uttered with a peculiar force — with 
a greater stress of the voice — than the others. In French 
that accented syllable is always the last sonorous syllable of 
the word. 



LETTERS. 



43 



PRACTICE. 



NINETEENTH EXERCISE. Dix-neuvieme exercice. 



16 4 - 

La vei-ne, the vein, 

la vehn\ 

15 4 6 

Fon-te-nay, Fontenay. 
font' neh. 

6 3 6 

Guer-ne-sey, Guernsey, 
gehr nuh zeh. 

14 6 4 

la se-mai-ne, the week, 
la s' mehn'. 

io 12 l 6 - [lieve. 

tu sou-la-geais, thou didst re- 
tu soo la zheh. 

18 6 4 

la ton-nel-le, the arbor, 
la to nehl'. 

16 4 . 

pa-reil-le, similar, 

pa rehy\ 

6 6 11 4 
mer-veil-leu-se, wonderful, 
niehr veh yeuz'. 



4 5 7 6 4 

Ge-ler, il-ge-le, 

zh* la, eel zhehl'. 


[freezes 
to freeze, it 


16 4 

la rei-ne, 
la rehn'. 






the queen. 


1 6 

Tap-pel, 
la pehl. 






the roll-call. 


6 7 

mer-ci, 

mehr see. 






thank you. 



5 14 6 4 

les pin-cet-tes, the tongs, 
la pin seht'. 



16 6 4 

la cer-vel-le, 

la sehr vehF. 

6 4 7 

l'en-ne-mi,* 

lehn' mee. 

7 16 3 6 

il a per-ce-vait, he perceived. 

eel a pehr suli veh. 



the brain. 



the enemy. 



La veine, Fontenay, Guernesey, la semaine, tu soulageais, 
. la tonnelle, pareille, merveilleuse, geler, il gele, la reine, l'appel, 
merci, les pincettes, la cervelle, l'ennemi, il apercevait. 

* When a consonant is doubled, the first is silent ; hence, when m 
or n is doubled, the first, being silent, does not form a nasal sound 
with the preceding vowel, which retains its proper sound, e before 
nne is accordingly pronounced as e in met. (See § 81.) 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt ; weh, wear ; wah, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing ; f, yes. 



44 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 

THEORY. 
TWENTIETH LESSON. Vingtieme lepon. 

VOWEL LETTERS AND SOUNDS (continued). 

84. Permutations of Accents and Sounds. — We 
have seen, by what precedes, that Accents are not all writ- 
ten. We shall see now, in what follows, that Written ac- 
cents are not all pronounced ; also that One sound may at 
times permute with another, and vice versa. 

85. The e, accented or not, is, in many cases, affected by 
the character of the following syllable. When that syllable 
is a grave or a long one (such as those preceding a semi-mute 
syllable, and those formed of a diphthong or of a nasal vowel), 
the e, with or without accent, is generally pronounced with 
a broader, more open sound, not because of any established or 
arbitrary rules, but because it is a natural tendency to do so ; 
and this is done by everybody, not only without effort, but 
without thought. Thus : alterable, marecage, presence, con- 
netable, epuiser, regence, repondu, desenfler, &c, are pro- 
nounced nearly as if they were written, alterable, marecage, 
presence, connetable, epuiser, regence, &c. 

86. The letter r affects in the same manner the e of the 
preceding syllable, whether that e be accented or not ; thus, 
esperance, degenerer, moderation, perseverance, temperer, sug- 
gerer, deliberation, digerer, confederes, &c, are pronounced 
nearly as if written, esperance, degenerer, moderation, perse- 
verance, &c. 

87. But the reverse takes place when e, with or without 
accent, is followed by a short or a close syllable (one that 
terminates with a consonant sound).. Here the natural ten- 
dency is to the close, or acute e : thus, interdiction, enregis- 
trer, prdter, invectiver, &c, are very nearly pronounced inter- 
diction, enregistrer, preter, invectiver, &c, as if they had the 
acute accent. 



LETTERS. 



45 



PRACTICE. 



TWENTIETH EXERCISE. 



Vingtieme exercice. 



the reiters. 



8 6 a 4 
Con-nai-tre, to know. 

k5 nehtr'. 

5 6 4 

les rei-tres, 

la rehtr'. 

10 14 5 8 l [question him. 
tu Pin-ter-ro-geas, thou didst 
tu 115 ta ro zha. 

6 6 7 7 7 5 E neSS - 

per-fec-ti-bi-li-te, improvable- 
pelir febk tee bee lee ta. 



16 7 7 6 4 

un mi-li-tai-re, 

un mee lee tehr'. 



a military man. 



15 7 4 

La bd-ti-se,* the silliness, 
la ba teez'. 



he is stubborn. 



7 6 5 10 

il est t6-tu, 

eel eh ta tu. 



18 6 

la mon-naie, the small change, 
la mo neh. 

4 8 6 

le so-leil, the sun. 
1' so lehy. 

4 8 6 4 

le ton-ner-re, the thunder. 
P to nehr'. 



Connaitre, les reitres, tu Pinterrogeas, perfectibilite, un mili- 
taire, la bdtise, il est tdtu, la monnaie, le soleil, le tonnerre. 

* The tendency in French is more towards the acute than the 
grave sounds. This is particularly the case in Paris, while in some 
parts of the provinces they still adhere preferably to the grave and 
broad sounds. Thus, aide, aise, mele, laisse, b§te, &c, are pro- 
nounced, regularly, ede, ese, mele, lesse, bete, &c. ; but aider, aise- 
ment, meler, laisse, b£tise, &c, are pronounced eder, esement, 
meler, lesse, betise. 

This tendency is well illustrated by the adopted pronunciation of 
some words, mostly proper names, whose unaccented e receives the 
full force of the acute e ; such as Fenelon, which Voltaire wrote 
Fenelon, with two acute accents ; Richelieu, Perefixe, which Mi- 
chelet writes Perefixe, with two acute e's, according to its pronuncia- 
tion, and in spite of the authority of Perefixe himself; refroidir, 
secretaire, dangereux, aqueduc, degre, the latter written degre by 
Lafontaine, &c, and which are pronounced Fenelon, Bichelieu, Pere- 
fixe, refroidir, secretaire or secretaire, danger eux (from danger), aque- 
duc, degre, &c. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late : eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; o, no ; ii, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; in, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt ; weh, "wear ; wah ? "water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing ; y, yes. 



46 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 

THEORY. 
TWENTY-FIRST LESSON. Vingt-et-unieme legon. 

VOWEL LETTERS AND SOUNDS {continued). 

88. Seventh Vowel-Sound. — When i is not combined 
or does not coalesce with other letters, it is, without exception, 
sounded as i in .police. Of all our vowels, i has the closest 
and most slender sound. 

89. When! is followed by m or n in the same syllable, it 
generally coalesces with those consonants, and forms a nasal 
sound (14th). 

90. But i followed by m or n retains its natural sound in 
words taken from foreign languages ; also in inn, imm, at the 
beginning of words. 

91. The unaccented e final following i does not alter the 
quality of the i sound, but slightly lengthens it, the e itself 
remaining silent. 

92. The circumflex accent does not affect the sound of i. 

93. When two i's follow each other, both are pronounced : 
the first being spoken very distinctly and somewhat dwelt 
upon ; the second, which forms a diphthong with the follow- 
ing letters, rapidly and smoothly, and with a liquidity resem- 
bling that of il (in spelling, the second i sound is called yuh). 

94. i is silent in douairiere, moignon, encoignure, oignon, 
poignee, poignet, poignard, Montaigne, which are pronounced, 
douariere, mognon, encognicre> ognon, pognee, pognet, po- 
gnard, Montague.* 

95. Concerning the letter y. — As its name (i grec) 
indicates, y is a Greek letter. It has, in sound and quantity, 
the value of one i. 

96. But when, in the body of a word, it is preceded by a 
vowel, which occurs only in words purely French, it has the 
full force and value of two i's, and is pronounced accord- 
ingly. (See § 93.) 

97. y has the force of a consonant at the beginning of 
words of foreign origin. It is then called yuh in spelling for 
pronunciation. 

* i is distinctly sounded in cuistre, Juillet, cuilliere. 



LETTERS. 



47 



PRACTICE. 



TWENTY-FIRST EXERCISE. Vingt-et-unieme exercice. 



H le pay-ait,* he paid him. 

eel luh peh yeh. 

12 5 6 7 15 

nous Tes-say-ons, we try it. 

noo la seh yon. 

12 5 10 7 7 8 L *** 

vous l'es-suy-ez, you wipe it 
* voo la sti ee ya. 

12 13 7 7 5 

vous l'en-vi-iez, you envy him. 
voo Ian vee ya. 



e 4 2 6 76 [thick. 

El-le gras-sey-ait, she spoke 
ehT grah seh yeh. 

10 5 17 7 1 

tu net-toy-as, thou didst clean. 

tii na tweh ya. 
1 6 17 7 5 

a-ter-moy-er, 

a tehr mweh ya. 

16 7 1 1 13 
un ya-ta-gan, 
un ya ta gan. 



to delay. 



a yataghan. 



II le payait, nous l'essayons, vous l'essuyez, vous l'enviiez, 

elle grassey ait, tu nettoyas, atermoyer, un yatagan. 

*» 

* y preceded by a vowel forms a syllable with that vowel ; but, 
having the value of two ¥s, the first, only, combines with the preced- 
ing vowel-letter to represent either a pure vowel or a diphthongal 
sound. The second i, which takes the liquid sound yuh, goes over to 
the next syllable ; and, if that syllable begins with a vowel, a diph- 
thongal sound (i.e., two distinct vowel-sounds uttered in one emis- 
sion of the voice) is formed. In accordance with this rule, payait, 
atermoyer, essay ons, grassey ait, &c, will be spelled : puh eh pah, 
yuh eh yeh, pehyeh ; a, tuh eh ruh tehr, atehr, muh weh mweh, 
atehrmweh, yuh a ya, atehrmwehya ; a, suh eh seh, aseh, yuh on 
yon, asehyon ; gruh ah grah, suh eh seh, grahseh, yuh eh yeh, 
grahsehyeh, &c. 

Obs. — In the syllabification of words containing the y preceded 
by a vowel, the division must, of course, be made after the y ; but it 
should be remembered that, since only one i sound belongs to the . 
first syllable, there is one to spare (the yuh sound) ; and the latter 
should be named and fully pronounced in spelling th£ second syl- 
lable. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or \ move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; in, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt ; weh, wear ; wan, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing; y> yes. 



48 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 
TWENTY-SECOND LESSON. Vingt-deuxieme le?on. 

VOWEL LETTERS AND SOUNDS (continued). 

98. Concerning the letter y. — In the case of three 
successive i sounds (which occur in the ending of some 
verbs), the first two are pronounced according to the rules 
already given. The third is named and sounded ee, and, 
together with the second, which begins the syllable and is 
named yuh, precisely represents the sound yie of yield. 

99. In nearly all proper names, the y has the value of a 
consonant, and is pronounced as in yes. 

Also in a few other words ; such as, bayadere, bayonnette, 
berruyer, bruya, mayonnaise, bruyant, bruyamment,* &c. M. 
de la Boulaye is pronounced laboulai ; and La Haye, la hai. 

Obs. — When y has the value of a consonant, it naturally 
begins the syllable. 

100. Eighth Vowel-Sound. — When o does not repre- 
sent the last sound heard in a word, it is sounded as in nor. 

101. o, eo, and au, before r, have also the same sound, 
u, in the termination um of words borrowed from the Latin, 
has the sound of o in none. 

102. In a few words, such as, augmenter, auxiliaire, cauterei 
mauvais, mauviette, auberge, Paul, Saul, paupiere, naufrage, 
ausculter, austral, austere, cautele, and a few others, au, al- 
though not followed by r, is, however, pronounced as o in 
nor. 

103. Ninth Vowel-Sound. — o, without accent, is sound- 
ed as in also (semi-long). 1°. When it represents the last 
sound heard in a word. 2°. In the compounds and deriva- 
tives of words ending in OS, provided s be silent in the prim- 
itive. 3°. Before s single followed by # a vowel. 4°. Before 
tion. 5°. In the termination one of words derived from the 
Greek. 

* Bayer, boyard, brayer, brayette, brayon, cipaye, fayard, fa- 
yence, gayac, payen, begayement, zezaye, cacaoyer, caloyer, goyave. 



LETTERS. 



49 



PRACTICE. 



TWENTY-SECOND EXERCISE. Vingt-deuxieme exercice. 



12 10 17 1115 [harshly. 

Nous ru-doy-ions, we treated 
noo rtl dwell yee on. 

12 5 10 7 7 7 5 

vous es-suy-iez, you wiped off. 

voo za su ee yee a. 

5 67 i 4 [women. 

les pay-san-nes,* the country 
la peh ee zan\ 



le pays,* 

1' peh ee. 

15 13 

al-lez ail-leurs,f 
a la za yeehr. 

5 1 6 7 4 

les ab-bay-es, J 
la za beh ee. 

8 6 4 

mor-tel-le, § 

mor tehl'. 



the country, 
go elsewhere, 
the abbeys, 
mortal. 



1 10 7 6 4 

La Bru-ye-re, La Bruyere. 
la brtt yelir'. 

1 7 11 

Ba-yeux, Bayeux. 

ba yeu. 

17 4 
Ca-yes, Cayes. 

ka ye. 

8 4 8 6 4 

no-tre au-ber-ge, our inn. 

notr' o benrzli'. 

4 9 9 7 5 

le dos, dos-sier, the back, brief. 
P do, do see a. 



1 5 8 7 15 

la de-vo-tion, 

la da to see on. 

119 4 

l'a-ma-zo-ne, 

la ma zon\ 



the devotion. 



the female rider. 



Nous rudoyions, vous essuyiez, les paysannes, le pays, allez 
ailleurs, les abbayes, mortelle, La Bruyere, Bayeux, Cayes, notre 
auberge, le dos, dossier, la devotion, l'amazone. 

* Les paysannes, le pays, will be spelled : luh a la, puh eh peh, 
ee pehee, zuh a. za, peheeza, nuh uh nuh, peheezan', la pehee- 
zan' ; luh uh luh, puh eh peh, ee pehee, l'pehee. 

f When several words are connected in sense, they may be divided 
and spelled as one long word. Example : allons ailleurs : a, luh on 
Ion, alon, zuh a. za, alonza, yuh uh ruh yuhr, alonzayuhr, &c. 

{ Les abbayes will be spelled : luh a la, zuh a za, laza, buh eh 
beh, lazabeh, ee, lazabehee. 

§ When a suffix commencing with a vowel is added to a word 
ending with a consonant, the consonant resumes its full value, and 
becomes the initial of the next svllable, — mort, mor-tel-le, &c. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution , 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt ; weh, wear ; wab, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing ; y> ves - 



50 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 

THEORY. 
TWENTY-THIRD LESSOK Vingt-troisieme le?on. 

VOWEL LETTERS AND SOUNDS {continued). 

104. By reason of etymology, o is sounded as in no in 
atome, epitome, hippodrome, mome, axiome, idiome, tome, and 
a few other words ending in tome, and seldom used. 

105. The combinations eo, au, eau, are pronounced as o in 
also, except before r. (See § 101.) 

106. Double o is generally pronounced as single. 

107. 6 and e6 are sounded as in no. The lips should 
protrude a little in uttering the long o. 

108. Tenth Vowel-Sound. — ii is long when the accent 
is an etymological trace, a mark of contraction ; as in chute, 
flute, sur, mur, &c, which formerly were written, cheiite, 
fluste, seur, meur, &c. : but when the circumflex accent is 
used to distinguish words of the same spelling, but of a dif- 
ferent meaning, there is no difference between u and u, either 
in the quality or quantity of the sound : du, owed ; du, of the : 
tu, been silent / tu, thou; cru, grown/ cru, believed; &c. 

109. ue final, and eue, eu, throughout the verb avoir, 
to have, are also pronounced as u in constitution. 

110. When u is used as an orthographic letter after g and 
c, it is silent. Its function is to indicate that g and c retain 
their hard sound. 

111. In the verbs of the first conjugation ending in guer, 
the u, which is retained throughout the conjugation, is silent. 
But in the verb arguer the u forms a distinct syllable, and is 
fully sounded, in all the tenses and persons of that verb. 

112. u, preceded by combined consonants (bl, fr, pi, &c), 
and followed by any other vowel than the mute e, forms a 
distinct syllable with the consonants : le con-flu-ent, il con- 
clu-ait, le gru-au, la tru-an-de-rie. 



LETTERS. 



51 



PRACTICE. 



TWENTY-THIRD EXERCISE. Vingt-troisieme exercice. 



9 4 14 

Sau-ve gar-de, 

sov' gard'. 

1 17 7 9 5 

la roy-au-te, 

la rweh yo ta. 

7 9 4 

Guil-lau-me, 
gee yom*. 

9 8 7 5 

l'au-to-ri-te, 

lo t5 ree ta. 

16 9 

Wa-ter-loo, 

va tehr lo. 

12 9 

rou-geaud, 

roo zho. 

19 4 

la geo-le, 

la zhol'. 

8 4 10 4 

vo-tre flu-te, 
v5tr' flitt'. 

12 10 4 

vous l'eu-tes, 
voo Hit'. 



safeguard, 
the royalty. 
William, 
the authority. 
Waterloo, 
red-faced, 
the jaiL 
your flute, 
you had it. 



I gather it. 



4 3 3 4 

Je le cueil-le, 

zh' luh kuhy'. 



1 10 13 4 7 

la tru-an-de-rie, the vagrancy, 
la trii and' ree. 



the influence. 



he conjugated. 



14 10 13 4 

l'in-flu-en-ce, 

lin flit ans'. 

7 15 10 1 
il con-ju-gua, 

eel koii zbu ga. 



12 l 10 15 

nous ar-gu-ons, we argue, 
noo zar gtl on. 

10 4 10 6 4 

u-ne blu-et-te, a spark, 
tin' blu eht'. 

5 14 9 

les im-pots, the taxes, 

la zm po. 

19 4 

la Dro-me, the Drome. 

la drom'. 

7 8 9 4 [drome. 

1'hip-po-dro-me, the hippo- 
lee po drom'. 



Sauve garde, la royaute, Guillaume, l'autorite, Waterloo, 
rougeaud, la geole, votre flute, vous l'eutes, je le cueille, la 
truanderie, l'influence, il conjugua, nous arguons, une bluette, 
les impots, la Drome, l'hippodrome. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; o, no; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt; weh, wear; wah, water; g, go; zh, glazier; gn, sing- 
ing; y, yes. 



52 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 



TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON. Vingt-quatrieme legon. 
VOWEL LETTERS AND SOUNDS {continued). 

113. Concerning the letter u. — The u is sounded oo 
(as in too) in Fiume, Calatayud, Yucatan, Ucayal, Udine, 
Estramadure, Uhr (in Chaldea), and in the syllables gua and 
qua of a few words given further on. 

114. u is distinctly sounded in cuistre, juillet, and cuiller, 
which is familiarly called cu-yer. 

115. Puff and turf, without analogy in French, are pro- 
nounced peuf and teurf; and curagoa is pronounced cuirago. 

116. The u of other words borrowed from foreign lan- 
guages has assumed the French pronunciation with natu- 
ralization: thus club is not pronounced cleub, dab, or clo\ 
but club. 

117. Eleventh Vowel-Sound. — The combinations eue, 
ceu, represent the eleventh sound, but only when they are 
not followed by b, f, 1, il, n not final, p, r, and v. 

118. eu, in the body of a word, is submitted to the same 
rule ; but, at the beginning of a word, it is sounded as i in 
first (11th sound) before all letters. 

119. eu represents the eleventh sound in all cases. 

120. The termination fs is silent in ceufs and boeufs, and 
the combination ceu assumes the 11th sound; but, in the 
singular ceuf and bceuf, the f is fully sounded, and ceu is 
regularly pronounced as e in ermine. 

121. In meunier, eu is pronounced as i in first. 

122. Twelfth Vowel-Sound. — ou, oue final, ou, and aou, 
represent the 12th vowel-sound, which is identical with that 
of 00 in too. 

123. oui before 1 liquid is also pronounced as oo in too. 



LETTERS. 



53 



PRACTICE. 



TWENTY-FOURTH EXERCISE. Vingt-quatrieme exercice. 



10 4 5 11 4 

U-ne e-meu-te/ 

ii na nieut'. 

V 11 

il pleut, 

eel pleu. 

ll 5 1 
Eu-ge-nie, 

eu zha nee. 

11 8 

l'eu-pho-nie, 

leu fo nee. 

1 ll 4 
la yeu-se, 

la yeuz'. 



a riot, 
it rains. 
Eugenia, 
the euphony, 
the holm oak. 



1 12 17 4 

La bouil-loi-re,f the kettle, 
la boo ywehr'. 

1 7 12 4 

la ci-trouil-le,f the pumpkin, 
la see trooy'. 

8 4 12 14 

vo-tre ou-vra-ge, jour work. 
v5 tr'oo vrazh'. 

1 4 12 5 12 

a-ge-nouil-lez-vous, kneel down, 
azh' noo ya voo. 



1 12 4 

la vou-te, 

la voot'. 



the vault. 



Une emeute, il pleut, Eugenie, l'euphonie, la yeuse, la bouil- 
loire, la citrouille, votre ouvrage, agenouillez-vous, la voute. 

* The e final unaccented and preceded by a vowel is silent. Pre- 
ceded by a consonant, as in emeute, voiture, globe, &c, it is semi- 
mute, as in English in move, lake, &c. But when, in the latter case, 
the next word begins with a vowel or a mute h, and no pause, how- 
ever short, should be made between the two words because of their 
intimate connection in sense, then the final e of the first word be- 
comes silent, and the two words are so blended as to become one 
long word, which should be divided and pronounced accordingly. 
Example : une emeute, la voiture arriva ; divided and pronounced, 
u-ne-meu-te, la voi-tu-rar-ri-va. 

f La bouilloire, la citrouille, &c, will be spelled: luh a la, 
buh oo boo, yuh weh yweh, booyweh, ruh uh ruh, booywehr', 
la booywehr' ; luh a la, suh ee see, trim oo troo, seetroo, yuh uh 
yuh, seetrooy, la seetrooy ; &c. 



a, as; ah, ah, father; uh, ermine; e or \ move; a, late; eh, met; 
eh, there; ee, police; o, nor; o, also; 6, no; u, constitution; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; in, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt ; weh, "wear ; wah, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing ; y, yes. 



54 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 



TWENTY-FIFTH LESSON. Vingt-cinquieme legon. 

VOWEL LETTERS AND SOUNDS {continued). 

124. Nasal Sounds. — Various combinations, or coali- 
tions, of letters, besides an, in, on, un, are used to represent 
each one of our nasal sounds. 

125. As a general rule, m and n preceded by a vowel in 
the same syllable form a nasal sound with that vowel: 
hence, nasal sounds occur at the beginning, in the middle, 
and at the end of words. 

126. In words borrowed from foreign languages which do 
not admit nasal sounds, m and n after a vowel retain their 
full value as consonants, and are pronounced accordingly. 

127. m has the same value as n in effecting the nasaliza- 
tion of the preceding vowel. 

128. The First Nasal Sound, which is the thirteenth 
sound in our scale (an in want), is represented by an, am, aen, 
aon, en, em, ean, and oen. 

129. aen is pronounced an in Caen ; but in Caennais, Caen- 
naise, the n being doubled, the first is silent, consequently no 
nasalization occurs, and these two words are pronounced 
ca-nais, ca-nai-se. 

130. In the following words, aon is sounded an: faon, 
paon, Saint-Haon, Craon, Laon ; but the derivatives, paonne, 
paonneau, Laonnais, faonner, are pronounced pa-ne, pa-neau, 
La-nais, fa-ner. » 

131. ean is also sounded an ; and the nasal sound likewise 
disappears when the n is doubled. Jeanne, Jeannette, are 
pronounced Ja-ne, Ja-net-te. 

132. The word en (pronoun and preposition) has always 
the nasal sound (an in want), which it retains before all let- 
ters, even when, in its prepositional character, it is united to 
and becomes an integral part of a word. 



LETTERS. 



55 



PRACTICE. 



TWENTY-FIFTH EXERCISE. Vingt-cinquieme exercice. 



14 13 

Saint Jean, 

sin zhan. 



Saint John. 



4 8 13 13 

le Gro-en-land, Greenland. 
P gr5 an Ian. 

12 13 
Rouen, Kouen. 



18 17 

l'em-ploi, 

lan plweh. 

13 l 2 
l'em-bar-ras, 

lan ba rah. 



the employment. 



the encumbrance. 



13 17 4 

Am-broi-se, Ambrose, 
an brwehz\ 



7 13 

il prend, 

eel pran. 



he takes. 



4 13 13 

le faon, Laon, the fawn, Laon. 
T faii, lan. 



16 4 

Jean-net-te, 

zha neht\ 

13 1 7 
en-har-dir, 
an ar deer. 

13 8 7 

en-no-blir, 

an no bleer. 

13 7 5 
en-i-vrer, 
an nee vra. 

13 12 5 
en-clou-er, 

an kloo a. 



13 8 3 7 

en-or-gueil-lir, to render proud, 
an nor guh yeer. 



Jennet. 



to embolden. 



to ennoble. 



to intoxicate. 



to spike (guns). 



13 10 7 

l'en-nui, 

lan nuee. 



the weariness. 



13 1 1 5 

en-har-na-cher, to harness, 
aii ar na slia. 



Saint-Jean, le Groenland, Rouen, Temploi, Tembarras, Am- 
broise, il prend, le faon, Laon, Jeannette, enhardir, ennoblir, 
enivrer, enclouer, enorgueillir, l'ennui, enharnacher. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there; ee, police; 6, nor; o, also; 6, no; u, constitution; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt ; weh, "wear ; wah, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing ; y, yes. 



56 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 



TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON. Vingt-sixieme le<;on. 

VOWEL LETTERS AND SOUNDS {continued). 

133. Thirteenth Vowel-Sound. — en, preceded by i, y, 
or e, is sounded in (as an in Yankee) ; but it retains its 
proper sound an (as an in want) in the following words and 
in their derivatives : l'audience, coefficient, efficient, clientele, 
emollient, experience, impatient, patience, recipient, science, 
client, conscience, escient, expedient, inconvenient, orient, 
prescience, quotient, recipiendaire, patient. 

134. em is pronounced in in a few words of foreign origin, 
— sempiternel, Wurtemberg, &c. 

135. In some proper names and words, mostly from the 
Greek, em is sounded em (ehm), — Memphis, Lemnos, &c. 

136. Fourteenth Vowel-Sound. — The second nasal 
sound, whose equivalent we find in an of Yankee, is repre- 
sented by in, im, ain, aim, ein, eim, yn, ym, and en final or 
after i or e. (See § 134.) 

137. Fifteenth Vowel-Sound. — The third nasal sound 
(as on in don't) is represented by on, aon, eon, om, urn, 
and un. 

138. The e of eon is an orthographic letter, used after g, to 
indicate that the g retains its soft sound, as z in glazier, 
before o (also before a and u) : the e is therefore silent. 

139. The first syllable of conne, connotatif, is, by reason 
of etymology, slightly nasalized. 

140. The combinations urn and un are pronounced on in 
the following words : resumption, rumb, punch, Dunkerque, 
Humbold, unguifere, unguis. 

141. Sixteenth Vowel-Sound. — Only three combina- 
tions represent the fourth and last nasal sound, — un, urn, 
and eun. 



LETTEKS. 



57 



PRACTICE. 



TWENTY-SIXTH EXERCISE. Vingt-sixieme exercice. 



4 14 

De-main, 


to-morrow. 


6 1 10 6 

Em-ma-nuel, 


Emmanuel 


d' mm. 




ehm manuekP. 




si 5 7 14 [cans. 
les A-me-ri-cains,* the Ameri- 


5 6 7 
de-cem-vir, 


decemvir. 


la za ma ree km. 




da sehm veer. 




16 6 14 

un es-saim, a swarm of bees. 


6 8 

Nem-rod, 


Nimrod. 


un na sin. 




nehm r5d. 




12 5 7 15 

nous e-xi-geons, 

noo zagzee zhon. 


we require. 


5 10 1 6 

Je-ru-sa-lem, 

zha rii za lehm. 


Jerusalem. 


16 15 15 
un plon-geon, 


a diver. 


5 5 6 

Be-thle-em, 


Bethlehem. 


un ploii zhon. 




ba tla ehm. 




14 7 4 

ins-cri-re, 


to inscribe. 


1 1 15 

Fha-ra-on, 


Pharaoh. 


ins kreer'. 




fa ra on. 




5 1 16 
les par-fums, 

la par fun. 


the perfumes. 


4 14 3 

le vain-queur, 
P vm kuhr. 


the victor. 


1 16 

a jeun, 

a zhun. 


fasting. 


14 7 6 4 

cin-quie-me, 

sin kee ehm'. 


fifth. 



Demain, les Americains, un essaim, nous exigeons, un plon- 
geon, inscrire, les parfums, a jeun, Emmanuel, decemvir, Nem- 
rod, Jerusalem, Bethleem, Fharaon, le vainqueur, cinquieme. 



* Les Americains will be spelled : luh a la, zuh a za, muh a ma, 
zama, ruh ee ree, zamaree, kuh in kin, zamareekin, la zama- 
reekin. 



a, as; ah, ah, father; uh, ermine; e or', move; a, late; eh, met; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; o, no; u, constitution ; 
eu, first; oo, too; an, want; m, Yankee; on, donV, un, 
grunt ; weh, -wear ; wah, "water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing ; y, yes. 



58 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 

TWENTY-SEVENTH LESSON. Vingt-septieme legon. 
VOWEL LETTERS AND SOUNDS (continued). 

142. Nasal Sounds. — The consonants which follow a 
nasal sound in the same syllable are generally silent, but s 
is always sounded. 

143. Final consonants preceded by a nasal sound are 
silent ; except in sphinx, sens, lynx, cinq, Hasting. 

144. Monsieur, in which the nasal sound is suppressed, has 
this peculiar pronunciation, — muh-see-eu. 

145. on forms a distinct syllable in Phaon, Pharaon, De- 
maphoon. 

146. All words ending in um have been borrowed from 
the Latin ; and u of um final is pronounced as in nor, — 
m retains its natural sound. But parfum (which is not bor- 
rowed, but derived from the Latin per fumus), the only excep- 
tion, has the nasal sound as un in grunt. 

Obs. — When a word ending with n is intimately con- 
nected in sense with that which follows, and the latter begins 
with a vowel, the two words, according to rule, are run 
together into one word. The n, becoming de facto the initial 
consonant of a syllable, ought regularly to lose its character 
as a nasal letter, and resume its natural sound ; but such is 
not always the case, — the nasalization of the n does not dis- 
appear entirely, except in very rapid conversation. The n 
has therefore two functions. 1°. It retains the quality of a 
nasal letter, and acts accordingly in the syllable to which it 
belongs. 2°. Its natural sound is restored, and is carried to 
the next word : thus, son offre, bien unis, mon oncle, are pro- 
nounced son nqffre^ bien nunis* mon noncle, &c. 

147. Seventeenth Vowel-Sound. — The combinations 
oi, oi, oy, oie, eoi, represent the 17th sound, which is equiva- 
lent to that of wea in wear. 



LETTERS. 



59 



PRACTICE. 



TWENTY-SEVENTH EXERCISE. Vingt-septierm exercice. 



3 14 

Le sphinx, 
luh sfinks. 


the sphinx. 


10 4 17 4 

U-ne boi-te, 
tin' bweht'. 


a box. 


5 1 16 

les par-fums, 
la par fun. 


the perfumes. 


9 17 7 5 

nos foy-ers, 

no fweh ya. 


our firesides. 


15 1 8 
son al-bum, 
son nal bom. 


her album. 


4 5 17 7 1 4 

le net-toy-a-ge, 

1' na twehyazh'. 


the cleaning. 


15 13 13 
mon en-fant, 
mon nan fan. 


my child. 


4 7 1 17 

le vil-la-geois, 

F wee la zhweh. 


the villager. 


15 1 7 

son a-mie, 

soii na mee. 


his friend. 


16 17 7 9 

un noy-au, 
un nweli yo. 


a cling-stone 


8 10 13 1 

mo-nu-men-tal, 

m5 nil man tal. 


monumental. 


5 17 7 5 
de-ploy-er, 
da plweh ya. 


to unfold. 


13 3 7 
Ven-dre-di, 
vaii druh dee. 


Friday. 


5 17 

les oies, 

la zweh. 


the geese. 


13 13 4 

en-sem-ble, 
an sanbl'. 


together. 


17 

Troie, 

trweh. 


Troy. 



Le sphinx, les parfums, son album, mon enfant, son amie, 
monumental, vendredi, ensemble, une boite, nos foyers, le net- 
toyage, le villageois, un noyau, deployer, les oies, Troie. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; o, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first; oo, too; an, want; m, Yankee; on, don't; un, 
gi-unt ; weh, "wear ; wah, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing ; y, yes. 



60 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 

THEORY. 
TWENTY-EIGHTH LESSON. Vingt-huitieme legon. 

DIPHTHONGS. 

148. Definition. — A French diphthong is the close 
union of two towel-sounds (and not two vowel-letters, as 
in English) in one syllable. 

Obs. — The word diphthong (dicp&oyyog) etymologically sig- 
nifies twice sounded, or double sound or voice. It is really 
a syllable composed of two distinct vowel-sounds, pronounced 
in one emission of the voice, and modified by the simulta- 
neous movements of the organs of speech. 

149. The two vowel-sounds which form the diphthong 
must be heard distinctly, though pronounced in one explo- 
sion of the voice. 

150. A diaeresis is the division of a group of vowels into 
two syllables.* 

Obs. — The ear alone is judge of the diphthong. Two, 
three, or four vowel-letters may be written in succession ; but, 
if one sound only is heard, it is a vowel- sound, not a diph- 
thong. Hence in laie, chaud, beau, we have mere vowel- 
sounds, each one of which might be represented by one 
vowel-letter alone, — thus, le, sho, bo; but in fiacre, pied, 
biais, oui, ouais, we have diphthongal sounds, because each 
syllable includes two distinct vowel-sounds, — thus, Ji-a-cre, 
pi-ed, bi-e, ou-i, ou-e. 

151. The first sound of a diphthong is always pronounced 
rapidly : the voice dwells upon the second sound only, be- 
cause the position of the organs which form this second 
sound has succeeded suddenly to that which had formed the 
first. 

Obs. — Since diphthongs consist of two vowel-sounds, 
they are necessarily long by nature. 

* The English i of mine represents a true diaeresis ; ian in brill- 
iantness forms a diphthong ; while eau of beau is a mere vowel- 
sound. 



DIPHTHONGS. 61 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 



TWENTY-EIGHTH EXERCISE. Vingt-huitieme exercice. 
DIPHTHONGS, WITH THEIR PRONUNCIATION. 

7171 7 2 75 75 7 5 7 5 7 5 7 5 7 5 7 5 7676 76 76 

ia, ya ; ia ; ie, ye, yai, ied, ier, iez, yer, yez ; ie, ye, ie, ye 

ee a, ya, ee ah, ee a, ya, ya, ee a, ee a, ee a, ya, ya, ee eh, yeh, ee eh, yeh, 

7 6 7 6 7 13 7 13 713 7 14 7 14 7 11 7 11 7 3 7 8 7 8 7 9 7 9 

iai, yai; iar^ yan, ien; ien, yen; ieu, yeu; yeur; io, yo; io, yau; 

ee eh, yeh, ee an, yali, ee an, ee in, y m, ee eu, yeu, yuhr, ee 5, yo, ee o, yo, 

7 15 7 15 7 12 7 12 7 10 12 2 12 6 12 6 12 6 12 14 12 2 12 6 12 6 

ion, yon ; iou, you ; yu ; oa , oe, oe, o% ; oin ; oua ; oue, ouai ; 

ee 6TL, yon, ee oo, yoo, ytl, oo ah, oo eh, oo eh, oo eh, oo in, oo ah, oo eh, oo eh, 

12 7 12 13 12 13- 12 14 12 2 10 6 10 5 10 7 10 7 10 14 

oui ; ouan, ouen ; ouin ; ua ; ue ; ue ; ui, uy ; uin ; and, with the 
oo ee, oo an, oo an, oo in, oo ah, tl eh, ti a, tt ee, u ee, u in, 

17 17 17 

irregular oi, oie, oy, — 55. 

weh, weh, weh, 

General Observations. — The two diphthongs oin and 
ouin are pronounced nearly alike. The only difference is 
that the o sound is a little more distinct in oin, while in 
ouin the sound oo (as in too) predominates, ouin is pro- 
nounced somewhat like uain in quaint / the French sound 
having more volume than the English. 

The rules which are given in the following pages for the 
distinction of the diphthongs from diaereses are by no means 
invariable. In some respects, poetry differs from prose in its 
pronunciation, and, in the license which is generally granted 
to poets, the rules may sometimes be reversed : they at times 
make a diaeresis where common usage recognizes but a diph- 
thong, and vice versa. But what is allowable in poetry, pro- 
vided the verse be otherwise good, should not be indulged 
in elsewhere ; and, besides, rules well established and gener- 
ally followed should not be violated. 

In conclusion, I will say that the diaereses are more fre- 
quent and more marked in poetry than in prose ; more ac- 
cused in declamation than in reading, and in reading more 
than in conversation : to dwell too much on the separation 
of the syllables which enter into the composition of a word 
would, at times, be pedantry. 



62 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 

theory: 

TWENTY-lSmSTTH LESSON. Vingt-neuvilme le?on. 

DIPHTHONGS (continued). 

Obs. — Each one of the two sounds composing a diph- 
thong is individually subjected, as regards its pronunciation, 
to all the rules which have been previously given for the 
pronunciation of the vowel-sounds. 

152. The diphthongs are formed by the combination, — 
1°. Of a simple vowel with another simple vowel. 

2°. Of a simple vowel with a vowel-sound represented by 
several letters, preceding or following that vowel. 

3°. Of two vowel-sounds, each one represented by several 
letters. 

4°. Of simple or compound vowels with a nasal sound, pro- 
nounced in one syllable. 

153. All diphthongs begin with one of the letters i, y, o, u. 
Obs. — The same diphthongal sound may be represented 

by diverse combinations of letters. 

154. oi, oie, oy, may also be considered as irregular diph- 
thongs. 

155. Two Diphthongs in Succession. — When y is pre- 
ceded by a vowel, it has the value of two i's. If it be at the 
same time followed by another vowel or by a combination 
of vowels (which is almost always the case), a diphthongal 
syllable will result, which is composed of the second i sound 
of y and the following vowel-sound. But the first i sound 
of y may also form a diphthong with the preceding vowel ; 
hence it follows that two diphthongal sounds may come in 
succession. Such is the case when y is preceded by u or o ; 
thus, tuyau, essuyer, royal, &c, which might be written, tui- 
iau, essui-ier, roi-ial, &c. 



DIPHTHONGS. 



63 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 



TWENTY-NINTH EXERCISE. Vingt-neuvieme exercice. 



156. ia is a diphthong in the following words only : — 



7 1 71 4 

Dial dia-cre, gee-no! deacon. 


5 71 4 

Ple-ia-de, 


Pleiades. 


dee a deeakr*. 


pla ee ad\ 




71 4 71 [thing. 
f ia-cre, Hard, hack, half-a-far- 


7 2 4 

dia-ble, 


devil. 


fee akr', lee ax. 


dee ahbl\ 




7i 4 71 4 [dollar. 
piaf-fe, pias-tre, ostentatious, 


7 2 8 14 

dia-blo-tin, 


devilkin. 


peeaf, pee astr\ 


dee ah bio tin. 





and in their compounds and derivatives. 
157. ya is a diphthong everywhere : — 

we paid. 



12 6 71 4 

Nous pay-a-mes, 
noo pen yam'. 



7 37 7 1 

II noy-a, 

eel nweh ya. 



he drowned. 



158. ie is not a diphthong, but a diaeresis. 
1°. After two consonants, the last of which is 1 or r. 
2°. In the participles of verbs whose infinitive terminates 

in ier. 
3°. In the derivatives of quiet and inquiet. 
4°. In the words ending in ete. 

It is a diphthong everywhere else : — 



5 1 7 75 

Les a-mi-ti6s, the friendships, 
la za mee tee a. 

5 75 8 7 4 [gbT ns - 

les hie-ro-gly-phes, the hiero- 
la zeeard gleef. 



1 1 75 6 4 

La pa-rie-tai-re, the wall- wort, 
la pa ree a tehr' . 

1 75 6 4 

la die-re-se, the diaeresis, 

la dee rehz'. 



159. ye is a diphthong everywhere 



17 7 5 

Oc-troy-e, 

ok trwehya. 



granted. 



5 10 7 7 5 

Es-suy-e,. 

a stiee ya. 



wiped off. 



a, as; ah, ah, father; uh, ermine; e or \ move; a, late; eh, met; 
eh, there; ee, police; 6, nor; o, also; 6, no ; u, constitution; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't ; 1m, 
grunt ; weh, wear ; wah, -water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing ; y, yes. 



64 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 



160. ied is a diphthong in the following words, in their 
compounds and derivatives : — 



75 7 1 75 

Pied, il s'as-sied, 

pee a, eel sa see a. 



[down, 
foot, he sits 



7 75 

II sied, 

eel see a. 



it becomes. 



161. Obs. — There is no diphthong in a group of letters 
beginning with i, when the i is preceded by two consonants 
the second of which is 1 or r : such a group forms two syl- 
lables. 

162. ier, iez, are diphthongs, except in the verbs ending 
in the infinitive in ier, in the adverb hier, and in riez, riiez 
(of rive), also when iez is preceded by y : — 



4 17 7 5 

Le doig-tier, 

F dwell tee a. 

5 17 5 

l'es-ca-lier, 

las ka lee a. 



the finger-stall. 



the stair-case. 



12 7 7 75 

Vous -fi-nis-siez, you finished, 
voo fee nee see a. 

12 5 75 

vous e-tiez, you were, 

voo za tee a. 



163. yai, yer, yez, are diphthongs everywhere : — 



I pressed down. 



[one's self, 
to divert 



1 10 7 7 5 

J'ap-puy-ai, 

zha ptiee ya. 

4 5 13 10 7 75 

Be de-sen-nuy-er, 

s' da zan ntiee ya. 

164. ie is a diphthong in — 

174 174 ■ 

Aie! ha'ie! oh! oh! 

aye aye. 

7 6 7 6 8 76 . [relievo, 
bief, fief, re-lief, mill-dam, fief, 
bee ehf, fee ehf, ruli lee ehf. 



you crush. 



12 17 7 5 

Vous broy-ez, 

voo brweh ya. 

7 4 12 17 7 5 [ever you may be. 

qui que vous so-yez, whomso- 
kee k' voo sweh ya. 



•7 6 7 6 7 6 

Ciel, fiel, miel, sky, gall, honey. 
see ehl, fee ehl, mee ehl. 



10 7 6 

plu-riel, 

plu ree ehj. 



plural. 



In the combination iet, except in quiet, inquiet. 

napkin. 



1 76 4 76 4 

As-siet-te, miet-te, plate, crumb 
a see ehf, mee eht'. 



6 76 4 
Ser-viet-te, 

sehr vee ehf. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there; ee, police ; 6, nor; o, also; 6, no; u, constitution; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't ; tin, 
grunt; weh, wear; wah, water; g, go; zh, glazier; gn, 
singing; y, yes. 



DIPHTHONGS. 



65 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 



165. ie before nn is always diphthongal in the tenses of 
the verbs ending in enir. This group of letters (ienn), on 
the contrary, forms generally a diaaresis in the feminine of 
adjectives ending in ien in the masculine: — 



7 7 6 4 

Qu'il vien-ne, 

keel vee ehn\ 



6 4 8 76 4 

qu'el-le ob-tien-ne, 

kehl' ob tee ehn\ 



let him come. 



[tain, 
let her ob- 



1 7 7.6 4 

Ma-gi- ci-en-ne, 

ma zhee cee ehn\ 

5 7 7 6 4 

Ve-ni-ti-en-ne, 

va nee see elm'. 



magician (f.). 



Yenitian (f.). 



166. ye is a diphthong, except when e final is silent 
Lafayette. 



1 1 76 4 

La-fa-yet-te, 
la fa yeht\ 



6 7 1 6 [Have. 

Ab-bay-e, la Hay-e, Abbey, la 
a beh ee, la eh. 



167. ie and ye are diphthongs everywhere : — 
light. 



10 76 4 

Lu-mie-re, 

lu mee ehr\ 

1 10 76 4 
la bru-ye-re, 

la brti yehr'. 



the heath. 



3 7 6 4 

Pre-mie-re, first (f.). 
pruh mee ehr*. 

10 7 6 4 

gru-ye-re, 

gru yehr. 



gruyere cheese. 



168. iai is a diphthong in biais, biaiser, and breviaire, only, 
yai is a diphthong everywhere : — 



7 6 7 6 5 

Biais, biai-ser, slant, to lean, 
bee eh, bee eh za. 

7 2 6 76 ■ . 

il gras-sey-ait, he spoke thick, 
eel grah seh yeh. 



5 76 4 
Bre-viai-re, 
bra vee ehr\ 

4 1 6 76 

je-ba-lay-ais, 

zh' ba leh yeh.' 



breviary. 
I swept. 



yan 



169. ian is a diphthong in diantre and viande only, 
is a diphthong everywhere : — 

170. ien, pronounced ian {ee an), forms always a diaeresis 
ien is a diphthong : — 



1 1 7 13 4 

La fa-ien-ce, 

la fa ee alls'. 



the china-ware. 



1 7 13 

Pa-ti-ent, 

pa see an. 



patient. 



a," as; ah, ah, father; uh, ermine; e or ', move; a, late; eh, met; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first; oo, too; an, want; m, Yankee; on, don't; un, 
grunt; weh, -wear; wah, water; g, go; zh, glazier; gn, 
singing; y, yes. 



66 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 



171. ien (pronounced ee in), at the end of words, is a 
diphthong : — 

1°. In the verbs ending in enir, — viens, maintiens, sou- 

vient, &c. 
2°. In nouns as bien, chien, maintien, &c. Except in lien 

and generally in proper names of men, — Bastien, &c. 
3°. In the adverbs bien, combien. 

ien is also a diphthong (in the middle of words) in the 
future and conditional of the verbs ending in enir, — il con- 
viendra, tu retiendrait. 

On the contrary, ien forms always a diaeresis, in adjectives, 
especially in those which designate the country or the pro- 
fession : ex., Lydien, Sicilien, mecanicien, &e. 

However, ien is diphthong in ancien, Chretien, faubourien, 
plebeien, le mien, le tien, le sien, and autrichien. 

172. yen is a diphthong everywhere : — 



16 7 17 7 14 

Un ci-toy-en, 
un see tweh yin. 



a citizen. 



5 17 7 14 

lies moy-ens, 
la mweh yin. 



the means. 



178. ieu is always a diphthong in nouns, but represents 
a diaeresis in adjectives and attributes, except in vieux and 
in the adverb mieux. 

174. ieu, yeu, and yeur are diphthongs everywhere: — 
[tree. 



7 11 5 7 11 

Cieux, es-sieu, 

see eu, a see eii. 

7 11 7 11 

vieux, mieux, 

vee eu, mee .eu. 

17 3 l 7 ll 
a-ieul, ca-ieux, 

a yuhl, ka yeu. 

17 7 11 4 13 
joy-eu-se-ment, joyfully. 

zhwek yeuz' man. 

1.6 73 
la fray-eur, 

la freh yulir. 



heavens, axle- 



old, better. 

[cloves, 
grandfather, 



the fright. 



8 7 11 

O-di-eux, 

o dee eu. 

5 13 7 11 

pre-ten-ti-eux, 

pra tali see eu. 

14 5 7 3 

in-f6-ri-eur, 

in fa ree uhr. 

7 11 4 13 

pi-eu-se-ment, 

pee euz' man. 

16 4 7 3 

un re-li-eur, 

un r'lee uhr. 



odious. 



pretentious. 



inferior. 



piously. 



a bookbinder. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there; ee, police; 6, nor; o, also; 6, no; u, constitution; 
eu, first; oo, too; an, want; m, Yankee; on, don't; un, 
grunt; weh, wear; wah, water; g, go; zh, glazier; gn, 
singing; y, yes. 



DIPHTHONGS. 



67 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 

175. io is a diphthong in pioche, semeiologie and their 
derivatives only. 

176. 10, yau, and yo are always diphthongs : iau always 
forms a diaeresis : — 



178 4 

Ba-io-que, baiocco. 

ba yok'. 

10 7 7 9 1 17 7 9 

tuy-au, a-loy-au, pipe, sirloin, 
tu ee yo, a- lweh yo. 



6_ 7 8 14 
Clay-on-na-ge, 

kleh yo nazh'. 

7 8 4 

myo-pe, 

meeop'. 



basket-work. 



short-sighted. 



177. ion forms a diphthong, but only in verbs whose infin- 
itive does not terminate in ier. ri-ons, from rire y has also 
two syllables. (S'ee § 162.) 



12 1 7 15 

Nous a-vions, 

lioo za vee 6Ti. 



we had. 



12 7 7 15 

Nous di-sions, 

noo dee zee on. 



we said. 



178. yon is always a diphthong, — cray-on, ploy-ons. 

179. iou and you, little used, form always a diphthong. 

7 12 7 17 7 12 7 12 [yawl. 

Piou-piou, you-you, recruit, 

pee oo pee oo, yoo yoo. 



4 7 7 12 17 7 12 [street boy. 
Le bi-niou, voy-ou, the bagpipe, 
P bee nee oo, vweh yoo. 



7 12 4 

chiour-me, 

sliee oorm'. 



convict-gang. 



15 5 7 12 

Mon-tes-quiou, Montesquiou. 
nion tas kee oo. 



180. yu is a diphthong, — ba-lay-u-re. 

181. oa is always a diphthong, — joail-le-rie, Roan-ne. 
Obs. — -In all the diphthongs beginning w^ith o, this letter 

sounds very nearly like 00 in too. 

182. oe is a diphthong in moelle and its derivatives only. 

183. oe forms a diphthong in cacatoes only; but o§ is 
always a diphthong, and is pronounced oua: — 



12 2 4 

PoevLe, 

poo ahl\ 

12 2 7 5 

po§-lier, 

poo all lee a. 



stove. 



stove-maker. 



12 2 15 

Pod-Ion, 

poo all Ion. 

12 6 4 

po§-le, 

poo ehl\ 



sauce-pan. 



pall. 



184. oi and oy are always diphthongs, oi is, however, 
pronounced o in oignon, encoignure, poignet, poignard, 
moignon. (See § 99.) 

a, as ; ah, ah, father; uh, ermine; e or ', move; a, late; eh, met; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; o, nor ; o, also ; o, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first; oo, too; an, want; m, Yankee; oil, don't; un, 
grunt ; weh, wear ; wah, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, 
singing; y, yes. 



68 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 



185. oin is always a diphthong : — 
some benzine. 



10 14 12 14 

Du ben- join, 

du bih zhooin. 



12 14 14 

loin-tain 

loo in tin. 



far away. 



10 4 12 14 10 4 

U-ne join-tu-re, 

tin' zhooin tiir'. 

1 12 14 V 
a-moin-drir, 

a mooin dreer. 



a joint. 



to diminish. 



186. oua is diphthong, but only in pouah! ecouane, bi- 
vouac, gouache, and in their derivatives. In ouate it is pro- 
nounced oue, — ouete, oueter. 

187. one is diphthong in ouest, couette, fouet, and deriva- 
tives only, oue always forms a diaeresis : — 



12 6 12 6 

Ouest, fouet, 

oo ehst, foo eh. 



west, whip. 



12 5 12 5 

Lou-e, jou-6, 

loo a, zhoo a. 



praised, played. 



188. ouai forms a diphthong in the exclamation ouais! 
only. 

189. oui is diphthong in the two following words and 
derivatives. 



12 7 13 12 7 

Oui, cam-bouis, yes, cart-grease, 
oo ee, kah boo ee. 



13 12 7 5 

Cam-boui-se, 

kail boo ee za. 



greased. 



190. ouan is diphthong in rouan only. 

191. ouen is a diphthong, but only in couenne and rou- 
enneries : — 



16 4 1 12 13 

Un che-val rouan, a roan horse, 
un sh' val roo an. 

12 5 4 7 

rouen-ne-ries, printed cottons, 
roo a n'ree. 



12 5 11 
Couen-neux, 

koo a neu. 



buffy. 



192. ouin is always a diphthong: 
porpoise. 



1 12 14 

Mar-souin, 

mar soo in. 

14 12 14 
tin-touin, 

tin too in. 



tingli 



ing. 



11 12 14 

Ba-ra-gouin, 

ba ra goo m. 

14 12 14 

pin-gouin, 

pm goo in. 



gibberish. 



penguin. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there; ee, police; 6, nor; o, also; o, no; u, constitution; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; ili, Yankee ; on, don't ; un» 
grunt; weh, wear; wah, water; g, go; zh, glazier; gn, sing- 
jng; y, yes. 



DIPHTHONGS. 



69 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 



193. There are only five diphthongs which begin with u ; 
viz., ua, lie, ui, uin, uy. 

194. ua is a diphthong only in the following words, in 
which it is pronounced oua: — 



1 5 122 

A-de-quat. 

a da kooah. 

l 12 2 7 

al-gua-zil. 

al goo ah zeel. 

l 12 2 6 4 
a-qua-rel-le. 

a koo ah rehl'. 

1 12 2 7 14 

a-qua-ri-en. 

a koo ah ree m. 

1 12 2 14 4 

a-qua-tin-te. 

a koo ah tint'. 

1 12 2 7 4 

a-qua-ti-que. 

a koo ah teek'. 

8 7 12 2 7 

col-li-qua-tif. 

kol lee koo ah teef. 

8 7 12 2 7 15 
col-li-qua-tion 

kol lee koo ah see on. 

5 12 2 7 7 5 

e-qua-ni-mi-te. 

a koo ah nee mee ta. 

5 12 2 3 
e-qua-teur. 

a koo ah tuhr. 

5 12 2 7 15 

e-qua-tion. 

a koo ah see on. 

5 5 12 2 10 

e-xe-qua-tur. 

a gza koo ah ttir. 

12 2 4 12 4 

G-ua-de-lou-pe. 

goo ah d'loop'. 

12 2 9 
gua-ix>. 

goo ah no. 

14 12 2 

lin-gual. 

lih goo al. 

7 12 2 7 15 

li-qua-tion. 

lee koo ah see on. 



8 12 2 4 

Lo-qua-ce. 

15 koo ahs'. 

8 12 2 7 5 

lo-qua-ci-te. 

15 koo ah see ta. 

1 1 12 13 4 

pa-ra-guan-te. 

pa ra goo ant'. 

12 2 15 6 4 

qua-dra-ge-nai-re. 

koo ah dra zha nehr'. 

12 2 15 7 1 

qua-dra-ge-si-mal. 

koo ah dra zha zee mal. 

12 2 13 10 6 4 

qua-dran-gu-lai-re. 

koo ah dran gti lehr\ 

12 2 1 
qua-drat. 

koo ah dra. 

12 2 17 4 

qua-dra-tri-ce. 

koo ah dra trees'. 

12 2 1 10 4 

qua-dra-tu-re. 

koo ah dra tur\ 

12 2 7 7 4 

qua-dri-fi-de. 

koo ah dree feed'. 

12 2 7 4 

qua-dri-ge. 

koo ah dreezh'. 

12 2 7 16 4 

qua-dri-la-te-re. 

koo ah dree la tehr'. 

12 2 7 9 4 

qua-dri-no-me. 

koo ah dree noin'. 

12 2 10 14 

qua-dru-ma-ne. 

koo ah drti man'. 

12 2 10 4 

qua-dru-ple. 

koo ah drupl\ 

12 2 4 

qua-kre. 

koo ahkr'. 



12 1 12 1 
Quam-quam. 

koo am koo am. 

12 1 7 7 
quar-ti-di. 

koo ahr tee dee. 

12 l 7 4 

quar-ti-le. 

koo ahr teel'. 

12 1 9 

quar-to. 

koo ahr to. 

12 1 
quartz (and deriv.). 

koo ahrts. 

12 2 6 

qua-ter. 

boo ah tehr. 

12 2 10 8 
qua-tu-or. 

koo ah tu 5r. 

10 14 12 2 5 7 1 

quin-qua-ge-si-mal. 

kti m koo ah zha zee mal. 

10 14 12 2 5 7 4 

quin-qua-ge -si-me. 

kti in koo ah zha zeem\ 

12 2 4 

squa-le. 

skoo ahl'. 

12 2 4 

squa-me. 

skooahm'. 

12 2 4 

squa-re. 

skooahr. 

10 14 12 2 
su-blin-gual. 

sti blin goo al. 

12 2 5 11 

Gua-te-ma-la. 

goo ah ta ma la. 

12 2 1 12 7 
Guar-da-fui. 

goo ahr da foo ee. 

12 2 1 7 7 

Gua-dal-qui-vir. 

goo ah dal kee veer. 



70 



FKENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 

195. ue and ue are diphthongs in the following words 
only: — 



5 10 6 4 

e-cuel-le. 
a kti ehl'. 

5 10 5 5 

e-cuel-lee. 

a kua la. 



5 10 6 4 
e-ques-tre. 

a kti ehstr'. 

7 10 5 1 7 15 

li-que-fac-tion. 

lee kti a fak see on. 



10 6 3 
ques-teur. 

kti ehs tuhr. 

6 10 4 

ques-tu-re. 

kti ehs ttir'. 



196. ui is a diphthong, except in the following words: 

[der.) 



1 10 7 5 

A-cu-i-te. 

a kti ee ta. 

13 7 10 7 5 
am-bi-gu-i-te. 

aii bee gti ee ta. 

10 7 4 
bru-i-ne. 
brti een'. 

10 7 5 

bru-i-ner. 

brti ee na. 

10 7 11 

bru-i-neux. 

brti ee neu. 

10 Y 4 
bru-i-re. 

brti eer'. 

10 7 4 13 
bru-is-se-ment. 

brti ees' man. 



Con-gru-is-me (and 
kon grti eesm'. 

15 10 7 4 

con-gru-is-te. 

kon grti eest'. 

15 7 10 7 5 

con-ti-gu-i-te. 

kon tee gu ee ta. 

5 7 10 7 5 

e-xi-gu-i-te. 

a gzee gti ee ta. 

15 7 10 7 5 

con-ti-nu-i-te. 

kon tee nti ee ta. 

10 7 4 

dru-i-de. 

drti eed'. 

10 7 6 4 

dru-i-des-se. 

drti ee delis'. 



Dru-i-di-que. 

drti ee deek'. 

10 7 7 4 

dru-i-dis-me. 

drti ee deesm'. 

1 10 7 4 
fa-tu-is-me. 

fa tti eesm'. 

1 10 7 5 

fa-tu-i-te. 

fa tti eest'. 

10 7 7 4 ■ 

su-i-ci-de. 

sti ee seed'. 

10 7 7 5 

su-i-ci-der. 

sti ee see da. 



197. u after g and q is generally an orthographic letter, 
and as such silent : therefore it does not combine with the 
following vowel to form a diphthong, except in the following 
words, in which the u retains its full value as a vowel-letter : 

15 10 7 8 4 

On-gui-for me. 

on gtiee form'. 
13 io 7 7 5 [der.) 
san-gui-fi-er (and 

san gtiee fee a. 



5 10 7 4 
Ai-guil-le (and der.), 
a gti eeye. 

5 107 15 

Ai-guil-lon (p. n.). 

a gu ee yon. 

5 10 7 5 

ai-gui-ser (and der.). 
a gti ee za. 

15 13 10 7 7 5 

con-san-gui-ni-te. 

kon san. gtiee nee ta. 

10 7 4 

G-ui-de (p. 

gti eed'. 

10 7 4 

Gui-se (p. n.). 

gu eez'. 



n.). 



10 7 l 
G-ui-sard. 

gti ee zar. 

7 5 14 10 7 4 

i-nex-tin-gui-ble. 

ee na ks tin gueebl' 

14 10 7 1 

in-gui-nal, 

m gtiee nal. 

14 10 7 4 

lin-guis-te. 

lm gti eest'. 

14 10 7 7 4 

lin-guis-ti-que. 

lm guees teek'. 

15 10 7 10 5 

on-gui-cu-le. 

on gti ee kti la. 



15 



±o 10 7 6 4 

xm-gui-fe-re. 

on gtiee fehr' 

15 10 7 

un-guis. 

on gu ees. 



DIPHTHONGS. 



71 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 



198. ui forms also a diphthong in the following words : — • 



5 7 10 7 3 

De-li-qui-um. 

da lee kti ee om. 

5 10 7 13 4 

e-qui-an gle. 

a kti ee aiigP. 

5 10 7 7 5 13 

e-qui-dif-fe-rent. 

a kti ee dee fa ran. 

5 10 7 7 13 

e-qui-dis-tant. 

a kti ee dees tan. 

5 10 7 1 6 4 

e-qui-la-te-re. 

a ku ee la, tehr'. 

5 10 7 1 5 1 

e-qui-la-te-ral. 

a ku ee la ta ral. 

5 10 7 2 7 15 

e-qui-ta-ti-on. 

a kii ee tah see on. 

1 10 7 1 
a-qui-a. 
a ku ee a. 



10 7 10 

Qui-bus. 

ku ee bus. 

10 7 7 5 

quid-di-te. 

ku eed dee ta. 

10 7 5 13 

qui-es-cent. 

kti ee a san. 

10 7 6 
qui-et. 
kti ee eh. 

10 7 5 7 4 

qui-e-tis-me. 

kti ee a teesm'. 

10 7 5 7 4 

qui-e-tis-te. 

kti ee a teest'. 

10 7 6 4 

qui-nai-re. 

kuee nehr'. 

10 7 7 1 

qui-ri-nal. 

ku ee ree nal. 



10 7 7 10 
Qui-ri-nus. 
kti ee ree ntis. 

10 7 7 6 4 

qui-ri-tai-re. 

kti ee ree tehr'. 

10 7 10 

qui-tus. 

kti ee ttis. 

5 10 7 1 6 4 
ses-qui-al-te-re. 

sas ku ee al tehr'. 

5 10 7 5 1 

ses-qui-pe-dal. 

sas kti ee pa dal. 

5 10 7 10 10 4 

ses-qui-sul-fu-re. 

sas kti ee stil fur'. 

(and the other comp. 
of sesqui.) 

10 7 10 7 4 

u-bi-quis-te. 

ti bee kti eest\ 



199. uy, used at the end of proper names only, is a diph- 
thong, — le Puy, Dupuy, &c. 

200. When this group of vowels is followed by another 
vowel in the body of a word, it always forms two diphthongs 
in connection with that vowel (see pp. 44, 45), except, of 
course, when y is followed by a silent e. 

201. uin is a diphthong only in — 



10 14 

Juin. 

zhum. 

10 14 5 1 9 4 

quin-de-ca-go-ne. 

kti in da ka gon\ 

10 14 5 6 7 

quin-de -cem- virs. 
kti m da sehm veer. 

10 14 12 2 5 7 l 

quin-qua-ge-si-mal. 

kti m koo ah zha zee mal. 

10 14 12 2 5 7 4 

quin-qua-ge -si-me. 

kti in koo ah zha zeem'. 



10 14 10 5 1 

Quin-quen-nal. 

kti m kti a nal. 

10 14 10 5 7 8 

quin-quen-nium. 

kti m kti a nee 5m. 

70 14 10 6 4 

quin-quer-ce. 

kti m kti ehrs'. 

10 14 10 5 6 4 
quin-que -r d-me. 

kti m kti a rehm'. 

10 14 6 9 
quin-tet-to. 

kti m teht to. 



10 14 7 7 

Quin-ti-di. 

ku m tee dee. 

10 14 7 4 

quin-ti-le. 

kti in teel\ 

10 14 7 7 14 

Quin-ti-li-en. 

kti in tee lee in. 
1014 io 4 [der.) 
quin-tu-ple (and 
kti in tupl'. 



72 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 

THIRTIETH LESSON. Trentieme legon. 

CONSONANTS. 

202. General Observations. — Initial consonants are 
always sounded in French ; and, when several consonants 
begin a word, they are all jpronounced. Even in words 
beginning with see, sci, or scy, the s, which is said to be 
alone sounded, is certainly much strengthened by its asso- 
ciation with the c. 

When two or more words are intimately connected in 
sense, no solution of continuity in the flow of the voice 
should occur, and the words must be uttered one after an- 
other in one continuous stream, as if they formed but one 
long word divided into as many syllables as there are vowel- 
sounds in the whole ; therefore, when the first word ends 
with a consonant and the next begins with a vowel, the 
final consonant of the first word, which otherwise would be 
silent, is carried to the second word, with which it is fully 
sounded, becoming, de facto, the initial letter of that 
word. 

We have another and more striking illustration of this 
resumption of sound by consonant letters, in the case of 
suffixes, or letters added, for whatever object, to some words. 
For instance, in doigt, grand, vingt, petit, &c, the final t or 
d is silent ; but in doigtier, grandeur, vingtieme, petitesse, 
&c, it is fully sounded, and begins the syllable. 

The shortest pause, whether indicated by the punctuation, 
or not indicated at all, naturally prevents the linking of 
words together. 



CONSONANTS. 73 



THEORY. 



CONSONANTS (continued). 

General Observations. — The connection does not take 
place when it might unpleasantly affect the ear. In familiar 
conversation, words are more seldom joined together than 
in serious reading or speaking. 

When a consonant is doubled, the second as a general rule 
is the only one that is sounded ; but, in words beginning 
with ill, imm, inn, irr, iss, the two consonants are sounded 
when the particles il, im, in, ir, is, have a negative force. 

The addition of an s, mark of the plural, does not alter the 
pronunciation of a word, except in monosyllables which con- 
tain no other vowel than e. The added s lengthens the 
sound of the syllable. 

203. Classification of the Consonants. — As the dif- 
ferent consonants are respectively produced by the special 
action of different organs of speech, they have been divided 
into classes accordingly, and each class designated from the 
name of the organ which seems to contribute more particu- 
larly to the formation of the consonants composing it. Thus 
we call — 
Labial, those which are formed by the motion of the lips, — 

b, p, f, v, m. 
Dental (called also Sibilant), those which cannot be emit- 
ted without the help of the teeth, — c, ch, s, z. 
Lingual, those to the formation of which the tongue con- 
tributes more particularly, — d, 1, n, r, t. 
Palatal, those whose sound is (or seems to be) produced 
by a motion, or pressing, of the tongue against the 
palate, — g, j, c, k, q. 
Nasal, those which are pronounced in part through the nose, 

— m, n, gn. 
Liquid, those which, being joined to another letter, are pro- 
nounced easily and smoothly, — 1, r, gn. The two nasal, 
m, n, may be classed also with the liquid. 



74 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 



CONSONANTS {continued). 



204. Cognates. — By comparing certain articulations, it 
has been found that there is an analogy between them, and 
that they differ only by greater or less intensity of sound ; 
in consequence of which they have been divided into two 
classes, and arranged, as they correspond to one another, 
in couples. 

1°. The weak, or whispered, b, d, g, j, v, z. 

2°. The strong, or spoken, p, t, c, k, ch, f, g hard, s. 

And those letters whose elements are produced by the 
same organs, in a similar manner, are called cognates / as 
d and t, b and p, f and v, &c. 

The following comparison will show how slight is the dif- 
ference, and how marked is the analogy, between the weak 
and the strong consonants : — 



WEAK CONS. STRONG CONS. 



B. 


P. 


V. 


F. 


Bain. 


Pain. 


Vain. 


Faim. 


baquet. 


paquet. 


valoir. 


falloir. 


beau. 


peau. 


vanner. 


faner. 


bercer. 


percer. 


vaste. 


faste. 


bois. 


pois. 


vendre. 


fendre. 






viole. 


fioie. 


J. 


Ch. 






Jante. 


Chante. 


G. 


C. Q. 


japon. 


chapon. 


Gaze. 


Case. 


jarretiere. 


charretiere. 


glace. 


classe. 


jatte. 


chatte. 


grosse. 


crosse. 


joie. 


choix. 


gant. 


quand. 


D. 


T. 


Z. 


S. C. 


Dancer. 


Tancer. 


Zele. 


Belle. 


dard. 


tard. 


zone. 


sonne. 


doge. 


toge. 


zain. 


saint. 


donner. 


tonner. 


zinc. 


cinq. 



WEAK CONS. STRONG CONS. 



CONSONANTS. 75 



THEORY. 



CONSONANTS {continued). 

205. General Remarks. — It is a general law of euphony 
that consonants should be preceded by those of their own 
kind ; i.e., weak consonants call for weak consonant sounds, 
and strong consonants for strong sounds. For instance, 
abstenir, subsister, obtenir, &c, are pronounced apstenir, 
subzister, optenir, &c. Thus we see that cognates readily 
exchange for each other ; and, in many instances, the inter- 
change is not only authorized, but obligatory, as the only 
correct pronunciation. 

Each consonant ought to have only one sound, indicated 
by one character (or letter) only, and that character ought 
to be incommunicable to any other sound. But, as it hap- 
pens that in French, as well as in other languages, the same 
characters represent several sounds, or that different charac- 
ters are used to represent the same sound, we call natural, 
or proper, that sound which the consonant habitually repre- 
sents, and accidental that which it receives accidentally from 
its position. 

206. Long and Short Consonants. — The explosive 
b, c, d, g, k, p, q, t, v, are short; the others, generally 
long. In the expression of strong passion, there is nothing 
more effective than dwelling particularly upon the consonant 
sounds. In conversation, long consonants are seldom re- 
sorted to, except in the case of considerable emphasis or 
animation. 



76 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 



THIRTY-FIRST LESSON. Trente et unieme lepon. 

CONSONANT B. 

207. Grammarians recognize only one sound of the letter 
b; but it really has two, — 1°. The natural sound buh, the 
same as in English bad, mob, elbow; 2°. The accidental 
sound puh. b is therefore called huh and puh. 

208. As we have already seen, b readily permutes with its 
cognate p, especially before the strong consonant t ; and 
also, but not quite so strongly, before s. Subterfuge, obtem- 
perer, s'abstenir, substantif, absence, obscurite, &c, are pro- 
nounced as if written supterfuge, optemperer, s'apstenir, 
supstantif, apsence, opscurite, &c. 

209. b is silent before v : Fabvier, Lefebvre, pronounced 
Favie, Lefevre; also in plomb, aplomb, surplomb, Doubs, 
and Christophe Colomb. 

210. The two b's are sounded in Abbeville, abbatial, 
gibbeux, and gibbosite. 



211. This consonant has three sounds, — the proper sound 
huh, and the accidental sounds suh and guh. 

212. c final is sounded, except in the words of which a 
list is given on the opposite page. 

213. In the termination of aspect, circonspect, instinct, 
respect, and suspect, the c is generally heard in the singular ; 
and the t is silent; but in the plural the c and the t are 
both mute. 

214. Anspect and district sound the c, both in the singular 
and in the plural. The t remains silent. In succint, the t 
alone is pronounced. 

215. c, which is silent in marc, residuum, is fully sounded 
in Marc, proper name. 



CONSONANTS. 



77 



PRACTICE. 



THIRTIETH EXERCISE. 



Trentieme exercice. 



[Jacob. 
Le plomb, Ja-cob, the lead, 
1* plon, zhah kob, 

[wind. 

un rumb de vent, a rhumb of 
un ronb dub. vail. 



Au-reng-Zeb, Aureng-Zebe. 
5 rang zehb. 



le ra-doub, the refitting of ships. 
1' ra doob. 



Ac-croc, a-jonc, rent, sea-rush, 
a. kro, a zhon. 



arc-bou-tant, 


arch-butment. 


ar boo tan. 




arc-bou-ter, 


to buttress. 


ar boo ta. 




arc-dou-bleau, 


joist. 


ar doo bio. 






[shave. 


banc, bec-d'a-ne, 


bench, spoke- 


ban, ba dahn. 




blanc, broc, 


white, jug. 


blan, bro. 





ca-out-chouc, india-rubber, 
ka oot shoo. 

[tion of quinces. 

clerc, co-ti-gnac, clerk, confec- 
klehr, k5 tee gna. 

[hook, swindler. 
eric, croc, es-croc, screw-jack, 
kree, kro, as kro. 

es-to-mac, flanc, stomach, side. 
as t5 ma, flan. 

[then? 

il a done fi-ni ? he has finished, 
eel a don fee nee. 



sincere, reed, 
string, residuum. 



Franc, jonc, 

fran, zhon. 
lacs, marc, 
la, mar. 

[almanac. 
Le-clerc, al-ma-nach, Leclerc, 
luh klehr, al ma na. 
porc-frais, fresh pork, 

por freh. 

[arsenic. 
rac-croc, ar-se-nic, lucky hit, 
ra kro, ar snlinee. 
ta-bac, tronc, tobacco, trunk, 
ta ba, tron. 

[chess. 

jou-er aux e-checs, to play 
zhoo a o za sheh. 

[thou vanquishest. 
je vaincs, tu vains, I vanquish, 
zh' vm, tti vin. 

[St. Mark, 
il vainc, St.Marc, he vanquishes, 
eel vm, sin mar. 
l'ins-tinct, the instinct, 

hns tin. 

[concise. 

l'a-mict, suc-cinct, the amice, 
la mee, stik sint. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt ; weh, "wear ; wah, "water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing ; y, yes. 



78 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 



CONSONANT C (continued). 

216. In pore, the c is silent, except when pore is used 
figuratively in the sense of glutton : 

[he feeds himself. Look at him ! What a glutton ! 
Tl se gave, il s'emplit. Regarde-le ! le pore ! He stuffs himself, 
eel suh gav', eel san plee. ruhgard' luh, luh pork. 

217. In echecs, chess, the c is silent ; but in echec, mean- 
ing repulse, check, defeat, the c is fully sounded. It is also 
distinctly heard in echec et mat, checkmate. 

218. In Saint Marc, the c is silent, even before a vowel. 

219. ct at the end of words are both sounded, except in 
aspect, circonspect, instinct, respect, suspect, and amict. In 
succinct, the t alone is pronounced. (See § 214.) 

220. Violoncelle arid vermicelle are now regularly pro- 
nounced violon(s)elle, vermi(s)elle. 

221. In a few expressions, such as those given on the page 
opposite, the final c of a few words, in which it is 'ordinarily 
silent, resumes its full sound as k in hey. 

222. The c of the conjunction done, therefore (the ergo of 
the Latin), is sounded, — 

1°. Before a vowel or a silent h ; 

2°. When done is placed at the beginning of a proposition ; 
3°. In sentences expressing passion, indignation, anger, &c. ; 
ex. : — 

Vous voila done enfin arrive. 

Elle refuse, done je pars. 

Vous pretendez done me dieter des lois ! 

Everywhere else the c of done is silent. 

223. When c is doubled, and the second is followed by e 
or i, so that it takes the s-sound, this makes the two c's 
virtually different letters, and naturally both must be sound- 
ed. The first c keeps the proper sound (as k in key) : the 
second takes the sound suh (as s in so). 



CONSONANTS. 79 



PRACTICE. 



THIRTY-FIRST EXERCISE. Trente et unieme exercice. 

II a regu un fameux echec, He was severely repulsed, 

eel a r'sti un fa meu za shehk. 

Vous avez trop de respect humain, You fear the world too much, 
voo za va tro d'rehs pehk u mm. 

Je l'ai fait echec et mat, I checkmated him. 

zh' la feh a shehk a mat. 

Votre cousin Marc ne vient pas, Your cousin Mark does not come. 
v5tr' koo zui mark nuh vee m pah. 

C'est un marchand de bric-a-brac, He is a dealer in old stores, 
seh tun mar shan d' breek a brak. 

[dealing in that affair. 

II y a du micmac dans cette affaire, There is some underhand 
eel ee a du meek mak dan seht a fehr'. 

[every evening. 

Nous jouions au trictrac tous les soirs. We played backgammon 
noo zhoo yon zo treek trak too la swehr. 

[of the mill ? 

Entendez-vous le tic-tac du moulin ? Do you hear the click-clack 
an taii da voo 1' teek tak dti moo hn. 

[less fellow. 

Votre neveu est un franc etourdi, Your nephew is a thought- 
votr' nuh veu eh tun fraii ka toor dee. 

[goes from one extreme to the other. 
Cet avocat passe toujours du blanc au noir, That lawyer always 
seht a v5 ka pahs' too zhoor dti blan ko nwehr. 

[count of your receipts and expenditures. 
Nous compterons de clerc a maitre, We shall give an exact ac- 
noo kon trdn d' klehrk a mehtr'. 

[onomatopoeia. 

Cric-crac est une onomatop^e familiere, Cric-crac is a familiar 
keek krak en tun' 5 n5 ma to pa fa mee lee ehr\ 

Le pore-epic dresse ses piquants, The porcupine erects his quills. 
1' p5r ka peek drehs' sa pee kaii. 

H lui a donne un croc en jambe, He tripped him up. 
eel lu ee a dona un kr5k aii zhanb'. 



si, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; li, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't ; im, 
grunt ; weh, wear ; wab, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing ; y, yes. 



80 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 

THEORY. 
THIRTY-SECOND LESSON. Trente-deuxteme lepon. 

CONSONANT C (continued). 

224. In the five following words the two c's are pro- 
nounced as double k, — peccable, peccadille, peccata, pec- 
cant, peccavi. 

225. c has the accidental sound guh (as g in go) in the 
following words and in their derivatives: 



Reine-claude, green-gage, 
rehn' glod'. 



[fruitful, Czar. 
Second, fecond, Czar, second, 
s'goli, fa gon, gzar. 

226. The combination sc, at the beginning of words, and 
followed by e, i, or y, is sounded as in the English word 
science. Both the s and c are pronounced ; or, as the s and 
the c have here the same sound, it would be more correct to 
say that the s is not only fully sounded, but receives addi- 
tional strength from its association with the c, which might 
be called silent. 

227. c, as well as p and s, between two consonants, forms 

a syllable with the first ; ex. : fonc-tion, domp-teur, supers- 

titieux. 

COMBINATION CH. 

228. In words purely French and in those which come 
from the Latin, the combination ch, followed by a vowel, is 
pronounced as in English in machine; and, in spelling for 
pronunciation, is called shuh. 

Obs. — In this case, the h after c is merely an auxiliary 
letter; and, in connection with the c, becomes the symbol 
of the strong articulation whose weak counterpart is repre- 
sented by the letter j. The h, therefore, does not represent 
an aspirate in the primitive word. 

229. But in words of foreign origin, mostly from the 
Greek, and the other languages of the East, whose syllable, 
to which ch belongs, has been preserved in its primitive 
orthography, the ch has retained its hard sound, as k in key, 
and is called huh. 

Obs. — Here the h is simply an etymological letter : it serves 
only to indicate that the radical words had an h aspirate, the 
sio'ii of which has been retained in the derivatives. 



CONSONANTS. 



81 



PRACTICE. 



THIRTY-SECOND EXERCISE. Trente-deuxieme exercice. 



CH HARD, AS K IN KEY. 



Archeologique, 

ar ka 5 15 zheek\ 

anachorete, 

a na k5 rent'. 

Cham, 

kam. 

chiste, 



archeological. 



hermit. 



Ham. 



cyst. 

[cer. 
un chiromancien, a chiroman- 
un kee r5 man see m. 

le chelone, the tortoise-flower, 
luh ka Ion'. 

Chanaan, Canaan, 

ka na an. 



le choeur, 
P kuhr. 



the choir, 
academic. 



scholaire, 

skS lehr\ 

Civita-Vecchia, Civita-Vecchia. 
see vee ta vehk kee a. 

de la malachite, some malachite. 
<T la ma la keet. 

inchoatif, inceptive, 

m k5ateef. 



gutta-percha. 

[(metal), 
some melchior 



the orchestra. 



Gutta-percha, 

gii ta pehr ka. 

du melchior, 

dtl mehl kee or. 

l'orchestre, 

l'5r kehstr'. 

[nezzar. 

Nabuchodonozor, Nebuchad- 
na bii k5 d5 n5 z5r. 

[bees-. 

les Machabees, the Macca- 
la ma ka ba. 

Tychobrahe, Tycho-Brahe. 

tee ko bra a. 

Michel-Ange, Michael Angelo. 
mee kehl anzh\ 



un echo, 

vm. na ko. 

Machiavel, 

ma kee a vehl. 

l'eucharistie, 

leu ka rees tee. 

un archange, 

un nar kanzh\ 

fuchsia, 

fuk see a. 



an echo. 
Machiavel. 
the Eucharist, 
an archangel, 
fuchsia. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't ; im, 
grunt ; weh, "wear ; wah, "water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, 
singing; y, yes. 



6 



82 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 



THIRTY-THIRD LESSON. Trente-troisihne le$on. 



COMBINATION CH {continued). 

230. Machiavelique, archev§que, archeviche, and patri- 
arche have the ch soft, as in machine. The reason for this 
apparent irregularity lies in the fact that the adjective 
machiavelique is of French formation, while Machiavel is 
Italian. Archiepiscopal has come to us with its Eastern 
prefix archi, but archevdque is French. Patriarchal pro- 
nounces a pure Latin finale (chalis) : patriarche has a 
French termination. 

231. Several words in the same category, having become 
more common than others, have insensibly lost their original 
pronunciation (ch hard), and have taken that of the French 
ch (soft) ; such as, archidiacre, chimie, architecte, chirurgien, 
Achille, Joachim, archipritre, cherubin, tachygraphie, Zachee, 
Acheron, &c. 

232. Chelidoine, celandine, has the ch hard or soft at the 
option of the speaker. Gutta-percha is generally pronounced 
goutta-peurtsha, but many have gallicized it into guta-perka. 
La cachucha is pronounced hatshoutsha. 

233. ch preceded by c, or followed by a consonant, or 
terminating a word, is pronounced huh (as k in hey). How- 
ever ch is silent in almanach, and is sounded as g hard in 
drachme : 



[roar, the log-line. 
Un bacchanal, le loch, an up- 

ini ba ka nal, lull lok. 



[chante, Chloe. 
Une bacchante, Chloe, a bac- 
un' ba kant', kl5a. 



In the combination cht, at the end of words, the t is 
silent. The ch is, according to rule pronounced as k in hey. 



[Utrecht. 
lies yachts, Utrecht, the yachts, 



Maestricht, Maestricht. 



CONSONANTS. 



83 



PRACTICE. 



THIRTY-THIRD EXERCISE. Trente-troisieme exercice. 



CH HARD, AS K IN KEY, 



Catechumene, 
ka ta ku niehn. 
Zacharie, 
za ka ree. 
la Chaldee, 
la kal da. 



catechumen. 



Zachary. 
Chaldea. 



Chore graphie, 

ko ra gra fee. 
Pulcherie, 
pul ka ree. 
Charybde, 

ka reebd'. 



choregraphy 

Pulcheria. 

Charybclis. 



Judith a une chaine en chrysocale, Judith has a pinchbeck chain, 
zliii deet a fin' shehn an kree z5 kal'. 

[technic School. 

Les eleves de l'ecole polytechnique, The students of the Poly- 
la za lehv' duh la kol' po lee tehk neek'. 



Donnez-moi un draehme de sene, 

do na mweh un dragm' duh sana. 

La chlamyde des Romains, 

la kla meed' da r5 mm. 



Give me a drachm of senna. 
The chlamys of the Romans. 



Le chlore sert a blanchir les toiles, Chlorine serves to bleach linen. 
P kl5r sehr ta blan sheer la twehl'. 

[Moloch. 

Les Israelites sacrifierent a Moloch, The Israelites sacrificed to 
la zeez ra a leet' sa kree fee ehr ta mo lok. 

Zurich est la patrie de Lavater, Zurich is Lavater's birthplace, 
zu. reek eh la pa tree d' la va tehr. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; (i, constitution ; 
eu, first; oo, too; an, want; in, Yankee; on, don 1 t; un, 
grunt ; weh, wear ; wah, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing ; y, yes. 



84 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 

THEORY. 

THIRTY-FOURTH LESSON. Trente-quatrieme lepon. 

CONSONANT D. 

234. d final is sounded in proper names of foreign origin, 
and in the words cid, ephod, sud. 

d final takes accidentally the sound of its cognate t : — 
1°. In adjectives followed by their substantive, the latter 
beginning with a vowel or a mute h. But the d remains 
silent when the substantive begins with a consonant or 
an h aspirate; also when the adjective is followed by 
any other word than its substantive. 
2°. In verbs, but only before il, elle, on. 
3°. In quand, before a vowel or a mute h. 
In the termination dt, the d alone is sounded. 
d final is silent in substantives, also in the adjectives 
chaud, froid, rond, and in the adverb tard. 

But in compound expressions, the d of the substantives 
pied and fond is fully sounded, except in pied-a-pied. 

235. The two d's are sounded in the following words 
only : addition, additionnel, reddition, adducteur, quiddite. 

CONSONANT F. 

236. In neuf, f assumes the sound of its cognate v, but 
only before a substantive or an adjective beginning with a 
vowel or a mute h. If they begin with a consonant, f is 
silent. 

Heuf, used to form complex or compound words, does not 
sound its f before a consonant. Neuf-Brisack, Neufbourg, 
Neufchatel, neuf cents, &c, are pronounced Neubrisack, 
Neubour, JVeuchdtel, neu cent, &c. 

Everywhere else, f of neuf retains its natural sound. 

237. f is silent in clef, eteuf, le bceuf-gras, cerf-volant, chef- 
d'oeuvre ; also in the three plural words oeufs, bceufs, nerfs. 
In nerf de boeuf, singular and plural, the f of nerf is silent. 

In cerf, stag, the f is fully sounded, except when cerf is 
used as a hunting-term. 



CONSONANTS. 



85 



PRACTICE. 



THIRTY-FOURTH EXERCISE. Trente-quatrieme exercice. 



[bottom. 
De fond en comble, from top to 
duh fon tan kohbl'. 

[from top to toe. 
arme de pied en cap, armed 
ar ma duh pee a tali kap. 

[and handsome. 
il est grand et beau, he is tall 
eel eh graTi a bo. 
Entend-elle ? Does she hear ? 
ah tan tehl'. 

le Talmud, the Talmud. 

T tal mud. 

un nerf de boeuf, a cow-hide. 
un nehr duh buhf. 
j'ai un cerf-volant, I have a kite. 
zha un sehr v5 Ian. 

[attack. 

une attaque de nerfs, a nervous 
tin' a tak duh nehr. 

[val) ox. 

le boeuf gras, the fatted (carni- 
1' beu grah. 

un ceuf dur, a boiled egg. 

un nuhf dur. 

[him nine. 

je lui en donne neuf, I give 
zh' ltl ee an d5n' nuhf. 

le oerf brame, the stag is belling. 
1* sehr bram'. 



[temporary lodging. 
H a un pied-a-terre, he has a 
eel a un pee a ta tehr' . 

[vances step by step, 
il avance pied-a-pied, he ad- 
eel a vans' pee a a pee a. 

[abyss. 

un profond abime, a deep 

un pro fon. tabeem'. % 

profond ou non, deep or not. 
pr5 fon oo non. 

[comes. 

quand elle viendra, when she 

kan tehl' vee in dra. 
le Sund, the Sound. 

1' sund. 

[master-piece. 

c'est un chef-d'oeuvre, that is a 

sehtuh sheh duhvr'. 
du boeuf frais, some fresh beef, 
du buhf freh. 

[years old. 

il a dix-neuf ans, he is nineteen 
eel a deez neu van. 
neuf cavaliers, nine horsemen, 
nuh ka va lee a. 

[stag. 

un cerf dix cors, a full-grown 
un sehr dee k5r. 
des bas-reliefs, some bas-reliefs, 
da bah r'lee ehf. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; Hi, Yankee ; on, don^ ; un, 
grunt ; weh, wear ; wah, "water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing; y, yes. 



86 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 



THIRTY-FIFTH LESSON". Trente-cinquieme le$on. 
CONSONANT G. 

238. g final is sounded (as in go) in proper names of per- 
sons, and in words from foreign languages ; also in zigzag, 
and slightly in joug. 

239. g has also the hard sound in Borghese, Bergheim, 
Gessner, Enghien, Gessler, and generally in proper names of 
German origin. 

240. In bourg (final syllable of some proper names of 
towns and countries), the g is silent ; but is sounded as k 
in the common noun bourg, market-town / also in Bourg en 
Bresse. 

241. In long and sang the g takes the sound of k before a 
vowel or a silent h. In rang, the g is now silent in all 
cases, even in poetry. In orang-outang, the first g is either 
sounded or silent : the last is silent. 

242. In gangrdne and its derivatives, the g initial, which 
was formerly sounded as k, has now resumed its natural 
sound (as in go). 

243. Suggerer in all its tenses, suggeste, and suggestion 
sound the two g's, the first as in go, the second as z in 
glazier. Everywhere else, when double, the second g alone 
is sounded. 

244. In the Italian proper names and words Castiglione, 
Cagliostro, Cagliari, imbroglio, &c, the g-sound is sup- 
pressed in French, as it is in Italian ; and, by analogy, we 
drop it also in de la Seigliere. Broglie is pronounced broyi. 
But in all French, words the combined consonants gl are 
both pronounced, and called gluh. 

245. Concerning gu. In the following words and in 
their derivatives, the u is not an orthographic letter; and, 
consequently, is fully sounded, — aiguille, exiguity, sanguifi- 
cation, arguer, unguis, le Guide, aiguiser, linguiste, inextin- 
guible, les Guises, la Guyanne, la Guienne. (See § 198.) 
Guanches is pronounced gooansh\ 



CONSONANTS. 



87 



PRACTICE. 



THIRTY-FIFTH EXERCISE. Trente-cinquieme exercice. 



XJn joug affreux, a frightful yoke. 

uii zhooka freu. 
Borghese, Borghese. 

bor gehz\ 

[zigzag. 

Gessner, zigzag, Gessner, 

gehs nehr, zeeg zag. 

[Enghien. 

Gessler, Enghien, Gessler, 
gelis lelir, an gin. 
rang eleve, high rank, 

rail a 1' va. 

un long acces, a long attack, 
un loH kak seh. 

[burg. 

Saint-Petersbourg, St. Peters- 

sm pa tehrs boor. 
l'aiguilleur, the switcher, 

leh gu ee yuhr. 

[outang. 

un orang-outang, an orang- 
un n5 ran oo tan. 
je suggere, I suggest, 
zhnh stig zkehr'. 

[l'Abbe Street. 
rue Bourg-l'Abbe, Bourg- 
rti boor laba. 

[Bresse. 

Bourg en Bresse, Bourg in 
boor kan brehs'. 



Cagliostro, 



Cagliostro. 



ka lee os tro. 

une suggestion, a suggestion, 
tin' stig zlielis tee on. 
un imbroglio, an imbroglio, 
un nin bro lee o. 

[la Seigliere. 

Mile, de la Seigliere, Mile, de 
mad' mweli zehl' duh la sa lee ehr\ 

[de Broglie. 
le Due de Broglie, the Duke 
V diik duh br5 yee. 

[Guise. 

le Due de Guise, the Duke de 
P duk dub gu eez'. 
le Guide, Guido. 

luh gu eed'. 

la Guienne, Guienne. 

la gu ee ehn\ 

Augsbourg, Augsburg, 

oz boor. 

[legacy. 

un legs incertain, an uncertain 
un leb zin sehr tin. 



nous arguons, 

noo zar gu. on. 

une aiguiere, 

un' eh gti ee ebr'. 



we argue, 
a ewer. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; in, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
gi-unt ; weh, -wear ; wah, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
es; y, yes. 



88 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 

THIRTY-SIXTH LESSOK Trente-sixteme lepon. 

CONSONANT G (GU continued). 

246. The pronunciation of the u of Guise is disappearing 
little by little. In the common nouns guise and guide, the 
u is, of course, silent. The verb arguer, in all its inflections, 
distinctly sounds the u ; but the latter is silent in about fifty 
verbs ending in guer. 

247. u is also silent in aiguade, aigayer, aiguail ; but in 
all the other words containing gua, the u forms a diphthong 
with the a, and therefore retains its full value as a vowel 
letter. It is evident that, in that class of words, the u of 
gua is not an orthographic letter, since the g would be hard 
without it. (See § 194.) 

COMBINATION GN. 

248. gn has two sounds : — 

1°. The soft or liquid sound, which is the proper sound of 
the French gn, and is identical with the sound repre- 
sented by ng in singing. (See § 44.) 

2°. The hard sound, which is formed by the two distinct 
articulations, guh (g) and null (n), so intimately united 
as to come out in one explosion of the voice. 
The hard gn sound is limited to words beginning with 

that combination, and to a few others, and their derivatives, 

given on the page opposite. 

249. The popular appellative gnaf, cobbler, is the only 
word that has the initial gn soft. 

250. The g sound is generally suppressed in magnifique, 
magnificence,* magnifiquement, signet, signifier, Regnard, 
Compiegne, Regnault, Clugny, Augsbourg, legs. 



CONSONANTS. 



89 



PRACTICE. 



THIRTY-SIXTH EXERCISE. Trente-sixieme exercice. 



A ma guise, in my own way. 
a ma geez\ 

aiguade, stream of water, 

eh gad'. 
un gnaf, a cobbler. 

un griaf. 

M. de Clugny, Mr. de Clugny. 
muh see eu d' klu nee. 

gn hard, as in ignorant. 

Agnus, agnat,* agnus, collateral, 
a gnus, a gna. [ous. 

geognosie, igne, geognosy, igne- 
zha 5 gno zee, ee gna. 



magnificat, 


magnificat. 


ma gnee fee kat. 




stagnant, 


stagnant. 


sta gnan. 




magnat, 


magnate. 


ma gna. 





physiognomonie, physiogno- 
fee zee o gn5 m5 nee. 
Cavagnari,* Cavagnari. 

ka va nee a ree. 



[my. 



Signet, pointer (for books) . 

see neh. 
cela signifie, that signifies. 

s' la see nee fee. 

Compiegne, Compiegne. 

kon pee ehn'. 
magnifiquement, magnificently. 

maneefeek' man. 



[nate. 
Frogn6, cognat, Prognee, cog- 
pr5gna, k5 gna. 
diagnostic, diagnostic, 

dee a gn5s teek. 

inexpugnable, inexpugnable, 
ee na ks pti gnabl'. 

pugnacite, combativeness. 

pti gna see ta. 
regnicole, 
ragneekSl'. 
designatif, 
da zee gna teef. 

M. Savagner,* Mr. de Savagner. 
muh see eu sa va nee a. 



native (law term) . 
designative. 



* gn has even a third sound, very little in use : it introduces the 
i sound and suppresses the g, as in the name Cavagnari, of Italian 
origin, and in Savagner, &c. 



a, as; ah, ah, father; uh, ermine; e or ', move; a, late; eh, met; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 5, nor ; o, also ; o, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't ; tin, 
grunt; weh, wear; wah, water; g, go; zh, glazier; gn, sing- 
ing ; y, yes. 



90 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 

THIRTY-SEVENTH LESSON. Trente-septieme legon. 

CONSONANT H. 

4 

251. h aspirate gives strength to the following vowel, but 

the h itself is altogether silent. 

252. h initial and aspirate prevents the elision of the final 
vowel of the preceding word ; and, if that word ends with 
a consonant, the aspirate h prevents the connection between 
the two words. But if that final consonant be habitually 
sounded, as c, 1, r, &c, it naturally retains its sound before 
h aspirate, as before all other consonants. 

253. h initial is generally aspirate in words implying great 
moral or physical power or strength, also in words derived 
from the Greek or some foreign language. 

254. h mute, initial or not, is null, and, as far as pronun- 
ciation is concerned, altogether useless. 

255. h initial is generally mute in words derived from the 
Latin, as habile, haleine, heure, huile, huitre, hiver, &c, 
which come from kahilis, halo, hora, oleum, ostreum, hiems, 
&c. However, heros, hennir, harpie, and a few others which 
came originally from the Greek, have the h aspirate. 

256. h after a consonant is null ; therefore inhumain, 
inherent, exhausser, &c, are thus divided, — %-nhu-main, 
i-7ihe-rent, e-xhaus-ser. 

257. Between two vowels, h begins the syllable, — tra-hir 
co-hue, ba-hut, an-ni-hi-ler, ca-hier, ap-pre-hen-der, co-hor-te, 
co-he-sion, bo-he-mien, sou-hai-ter, pe-ri-he-lie, &c, — and con- 
sequently is aspirate. 

258. h, which is aspirate in heros (from the Greek), is mute 
in all its derivatives, the latter being of French formation : — 



[the heroine. 
Les heros, l'heroine, the heroes, 
la a ro, la ro een\ 



Vers heroi'ques, heroic verses, 
vehr za ro eek\ 



CONSONANTS. 



91 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 



259. h initial is generally aspirate in foreign proper names. 

Obs. — A singular custom, which prevailed for some time, 
caused the aspiration of the h, in the three expressions, toile 
d y Hollande, fromage d"* Hollande, eau de la reine d'Hon- 
grie, to disappear; but, at the present day, all those who 
pride themselves upon their good speaking always pro- 
nounce these expressions with the h aspirate. 



Dans un fromage de Hollande, 

dail zim fro mazh' dull o land'. 
De l'eau de la reine de Hongrie, 

d' l'o d' la relm' dun on gree. 
De la toile de Hollande, 

d' la twehl' duh 5 land'. 



In a Dutch cheese. 
Some Hungary water. 
Some Dutch linen. 



260. The h of Henri is generally mute in familiar conver- 
sation, and aspirate in the elevated, noble style, and high 
diction : — 



Jusqu'a la mort de Henri IV., 

zhtls ka la m5r duh an ree katr'. 



Until the death of Henry IV. 

[Henry IV. 
Vic, companion of 



Vic, compagnon d'armes de Henri IV. 

veek, kon pa gnon d' arm' duh an ree katr'. 

lie cheval d'Henri IV., The horse of Henry IV, 

luh sh' val d' an ree katr'. 

Les themes d'Henri, Henry's themes. 



la 



tehm' d' an ree. 



261. The h of la Henriade is never mute ; that of Henri- 
ette, never aspirate. 

262. h is mute when it is preceded by a consonant and 
followed by a vowel ; but when the particle en is prefixed 
to a word whose h is aspirate, the h remains aspirate in the 
compound, and the particle en retains its nasal sound : — 



[ness. 
Nous enharnachons, we har- 
noo zan ar na shon. 



II s'enhardit, he grows bold, 
eel sail ar dee. 



92 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



PRACTICE. 



THIRTY-SEVENTH EXERCISE. Trente-septUme exercice. 



LIST OF THE MOST COMMONLY USED WORDS BEGINNING 
WITH H ASPIRATE. 



Ha ! habler, ha ! to boast. 

ah, ah bla. 

la hache, the axe. 

la ash'. 
hagard, hai! haggard, ha! 

a gar, 5h. 

la haie, haie, the hedge, gee-oh ! 
la eh, a ee. 
les haillons, the rags. 

la ah yon. 

la haine, hatred, 

la ehn\ 

[shirt. 

hair, la haire, to hate, the hair- 
a eer, la ehr. 

[tow. 

le hale, haler, the sun-burn, to 
luh ahl', ah la. 
une halle, a market, 
tinuh al'. 

la hallebarde, the halberd, 
la aP bard*. 
la halte, the halt, 

la ait'. 

mon hamac, my hammock, 
mon a mak. 

les hameaux, the hamlets, 
la a mo. 



La hampe, the staff, 

la anp\ 

la hanche, the hip. 

la ansh\ 

un hangar, a shed, 

un an gar. 

les hannetons, the May-bugs, 
la an' ton. 

[quent. 
happer, hanter, to snap, to fre- 

a pa, an ta. 
une haguenee, an ambling nag. 

u nuh ak' na. 



le haquet, 

luh a keh. 



the dray. 



la harangue, the harangue. 

la a rang'. 

harasser, to harass. 

a ra sa. 

harceler, to harass. 

ar suh la. 
les hardes, the clothes. 

la ard'. 

hardi, le harem, bold, the harem, 
ar dee, luh a rehm. 

un hareng, a herring, 

un a ran. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or \ move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; in, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt ; weh, "wear ; wah, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing ; y, yes. 



CONSONANTS. 



93 



PRACTICE. 



lies haricots, the beans, 
la a ree ko. 

une haridelle, a jade. 

fl nuh a ree dehl'. * 

harnacher, to harness, 

ar na sha. 

la harpe, the harp, 

la arp\ 

une harpie, a harpy, 

ti nuh ar pee. 

les harpons, the harpoons, 
la ar pofi. 

le hasard, the hazard, 

luh a zar. 

[hurry. 
hater, a la hate, to haste, in a 
ah ta, a la aht'. 

hausser, haute, to raise , high, 
o sa, ot. 

haut, have, high, emaciated, 
o, ahv\ 

un havre, he ! a harbor, hey ! 
un ahvr', a. 

hein ! heler, what ! to hail, 
m, a la. 

hem! hennir, hem! to neigh, 
ehm, a neer. 

la Henriade, the Henriade. 
la an ree ad'. 

un herault, a herald. 



Un pauvre here, a poor wretch, 
uh po vruh ehr. 

le herisson, the hedge-hog. 

luh a ree son. 

[the hero. 
les herons, le heros, the herons, 
la a roii, luh a ro. 

heu ! heurter, 

eu, uhr ta. 

hideux, ho ! 

ee deu, o. 

hola! horn! 

o la, om. 

un homard, 

un 5 mar. 

[the hiccough, 
la honte, le hoquet, the shame, 
la ont', luh 5 ken. 

une horde, a horde, 

u nuh 5rd\ 

[cepted. 

un horion, hormi, a thump, ex- 
un o ree on, or mee. 

[a basket-funnel. 
hors, une hotte, excepted, 
or, ti. nuh 8t\ 

du houblon, 

du oo bloh. 



ay ! to knock, 
hideous, ho ! 
halloa ! hem ! 
a lobster. 



de la houille, 

d' la ooy*. 



some hops, 
some coal. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first; oo, too; an, want; in, Yankee; on, don't; tin, 
grunt; weh, "wear; wah, water; g, go; zh, glazier; gn, 
singing; y, yes. 



94 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



PRACTICE. 



La houle, the surge. 

la ool\ 

sa houlette, his shepherd's hook. 

sa oo leht\ 

une houri, a houri. 

tl nub oo ree. 

la houssine, the switch. 

la oo seen'. 

du houx, some holly-wood. 

dti oo. 

un chat huant, a screech-owl. 

un sha u an. 



with their compounds and derivatives. 

263. The h of huit, huitieme, huitiemement, is mute when 
these words are preceded by dix, vingt, soixante-dix, or 
quatre-vingt-dix : — 



Un Huguenot, 


a Huguenot 


un iig' no. 




le huit, 


the eight. 


lull u eet. 




une hure, 


a head. 


u. nuh ur*. 




hurler, 


to howl. 


tir la. 




le hussard, 


the hussar. 


luh u sar. 




les huttes, 


the huts. 


la " tit'. 





Dix-huit, 

deez ueet. 



eighteen. 



Vingt-huitieme, twenty-eighth, 
vin tti ee tee ehm\ 



Quatre-vingt-dix-huitieme, ninety-eighth, 
ka truh vin dee zu ee tee ehm\ 



264. li is now mute in the following twelve words : l'hal- 
lali, l'hamecon, l'heiduque, poire de bon-henri, l'hernute, 
hershel, Thidalgo, 1'hieroglyphe, l'hyene, 1'hortensia, rhos- 
podar, l'hospodarat. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; in, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt ; weh, "wear ; wah, "water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, 
singing; y, yes. 



CONSONANTS. 95 



THEORY. 
THIRTY-EIGHTH LESSON. Trente-huitilme le?on. 

CONSONANT H {continued). 

265. Hors de combat. — The expression hors du combat — 
meaning out of or beyond the limits of a particular fight, 
whether able or not to participate in it — is often, and wrongly, 
used instead of hors de combat, — which means not in a 
condition to fight, because of wounds or for any other cause, 
and whether on the battle-field or not. Those who adhere 
to the expression hors du combat (in spite of Worcester and 
Webster, to say nothing of French authority) merely show 
a de]3lorable ignorance of the genius of our language. Esprit 
de corps, mal de tdte, and a number of other expressions, may 
be classed in the same category. 

266. If we consult a dictionary, — that of the Academy, 
for instance, — we shall find that all words beginning with 
hac, hie, hoc, hou, hue, han, hap, hag, har, has, hat, han, 
hav, except hanebane, harmonic, and deriv., hast and hastair^ 
haras, harpege, harpeger, haruspice, and haussiere, have the 
h aspirate. 

267. And all words beginning with hend, hept, hex, hip, 
hir, his, and hiv, with the single exception of hisser, have 
the h mute. 

CONSONANT J. 

268. j never terminates French words. When final in 
foreign words it is fully sounded. 

CONSONANT K. 



269. k is everywhere sounded as in hey. 

270. c before k is, of course, silent. 



96 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 

CONSONANT L. 

271. 1 has the natural sound luh (as in level) : — 
1°. At the beginning of words. 

2°. When single in the middle of words. 

3°. When double in the middle of words, provided it is not 

immediately preceded by i. 
4°. After the combination oi, whether the 1 be final or not. 
5°. In the termination il preceded by a consonant. 
6°. When final and not preceded by i following another 

vowel. 
7°. In il and ill at the beginning of words. 

272. 1 is silent in anil, baril, chenil, courtil, coutil, fayols, 
fraisil, fournil, fusil, fils, gril, faulx, aulx, gentils, nombril, 
outil, persil, pouls, soul, sourcil, cul-de-sac, which are pro- 
nounced am, bari, cheni, courti, court, fayo, fresi, fournil 
fusi,fis, gri,fo, <?, genti, nombri, outi, persi,pou, sou, sourci, 
cu-de-sac. 

Also in a number of proper names; such as Arnault, 
Chaulny, Faultrier, Maulny, Paulmier, Lons-le-Saulnier, 
Dumesnil, Gentil-Bernard, Depremenil, Gericault, Girault, 
Larochefoucauld, Renauld, Lecouteulx, Arnoult, Sault, 
Saulx, Menilmontant, Btenil-Amelot, &c, pronounced arno, 
chauni, fautier, &c. 

However, 1 is heard in Ault, Greouls, and Sainte-Mene- 
hould, pronounced olt, gre-oul, sainte-mene-oul. 

273. 1 is either silent or liquid, at the option of the 
speaker, in Avril, babil, beril, gresil, gentil, fenil, chartil, mil. 

274. And in avril, peril, babil, beril, bill, and mil, 1 has also 
its natural sound. 

275. The pronunciation of words which, in the plural, 
end in ils, varies in conformity with their pronunciation in 
the singular; for instance, des fusils enleves must be pro- 
nounced des fusi-z-enleves ; and des outils excellents, des 



CONSONANTS. 



97 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 

outi-z-excellents; because fusils and outils do not sound the 
articulation 1 in the singular. But profils exacts, subtils 
arguments, must be pronounced profil-z-exacts, subtil-z-argu- 
rnents, because in these words the 1 is fully sounded in the 
singular. Likewise, perils affreux is pronounced pen-y-z- 
affrevux, because the 1 of peril is generally liquid in the 
singular. 

276. In the masculine singular, the 1 of gentil is liquid 
before a vowel or a mute h: everywhere else it is silent. 
Un gentil enfant is pronounced un genti-y -enfant, but de 
gentils enfants is pronounced de genti-z-enfants. Gentil- 
homme follows this rule: un gentilhomme, un genti-y- 
homme ; des gentilshommes, des genti-z-hommes. 

277. The only words in which the combination ill is not 
liquid are the following, with all their compounds and deriv- 
atives. Those with a star sound the two l's : — 



Achille, armillaire. 

a sheer, ar mee lehr\ 

billion, calville. 

bee lee oil, kal veeP. 

Delille, distiller. 

duh leel', dees tee la. 

Gille, imbecille. 

zheeP, m ba seel'. 

Mabille, * mamillaire. 

ma beel', ma meeP lehr\ 

* millesime, milliard. 

meel la zeehm', mee lee ar. 

million, *osciller. 

mee lee on, 5s ceel la. 

Priscillien, *pupille. 

prees cee lee in, pii peelP. 

*quintillus, *scille. 

kn m teel ltis, seelP. 

*stillation, *titiller. 

steel lab see on, tee teel la. 

myrtille, vaciller. 

meer teelP, va seel la 



Axillaire, billevesee. 

ak seel lehr', beel' vuh za. 

codicille, Cyrille. 

k5 dee seel', see reel'. 

fibrille, fritillaire. 

fee breeP, free tee lehr\ 

*instiller, Lille. 

ins teel la, leeP. 

*maxillaire, mille. 

mak seel' lebr', meeP. 

* milligramme, &c. 

meel lee gram'. 

*papillaire, *penicill6. 

pa peel lehr', pa nee seel la. 

*pusillanime. 

pti zeel la neem'. 

scintiller, *sille. 

sm teel la, seell'. 

ville, village, Villele. 

veeP, vee lazh', vee lehP. 

tranquille, squille. 

tran keel', skeeP. 



98 FEENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 



278. The following words have now, generally, the liquid 
sound, which however is not obligatory : guillemet, guilleret, 
sillet, fibrille, smille. 

279. The ill of artillerie is liquid or not, ad libitum ; but 
artilleur is always liquid. 

280. ill at the beginning of words is never liquid : the two 
l's are distinctly sounded as in English in illusion. 

281. When a consonant is doubled, the first is generally 
silent. This rule applies, to a considerable extent, to the 
double 1 ; but there are many exceptions. In a number of 
words, most of which are given on the page opposite, the 
two l's are distinctly sounded as in English in collection. 
This is always the case in words similar in French and in 
English, when the two l's are sounded in the latter lan- 
guage. 

282. Both l's are distinctly heard in collation, collationner, 
meaning collation of writings, to collate ; but in collation, used 
in the sense of meal, lunch, only one 1 is pronounced. 

283. The combination ai before 11 has the broad sound of 
a in father, but in the following words ai is pronounced as 
a in as: caillot, caillou, ailleurs, d'ailleurs, Maillard, me- 
daille, vaillance, bataillon, also in all the tenses of the verbs 
detailler, travailler, ravitailler, and in the tenses of falloir, 
valoir, as well as in those of such verbs of the second conju- 
gation as contain the combination aill, and, necessarily, in 
their derivatives. 



CONSONANTS. 



99 



PRACTICE. 



THIRTY-EIGHTH EXERCISE. Trente-huitieme exercice. 



[erate. 
IU^gale, illetre, unlawful, illit- 
eel la gal', eel la tra. 

allegorie, Allah, allegory, Allah, 
al la go ree, 51 lah. 

allusion, allegre, allusion, brisk, 
al lti zee on, al lehgr\ 

belligerant, belligerent. 



behl lee zha ran. 



[allow. 



velleites, allouer, velleities, to 
vehl la ee ta, al loo a. 

collationner, 

k51 lah see 5 na. 



oscillation, 

5s seel lah see on. 
collusion, 
k51 lu zee on. 

constellation, 

kofis tehl lah see on. 

scintillante, 

sin teellant*. 

libelliste, 

lee behl leest\ 

illusion, 

eel lu zee on. 

allocation, 

al 15 kah see on. 



to collate. 

oscillation. 

collusion. 

constellation. 

scintillating. 

libeller. 

delusion. 

allowance. 



[amaryllis. 
Alluvion, amaryllis, alluvion, 
al lti vee on, a ma reel lees. 

collocation, collocation. 

kol 15 kah see on. 

collateral, collateral. 

k51 la ta ral. 

intelligence, intelligence, 

m tehl lee zhans*. 

pusillanimite, pusillanimity, 
ptl zeel la nee mee ta. 

appellatif, appellative, 

a pehl la teef. 

[ellipsis. 
belladone, ellipse, belladonna, 
behl la don', ehl leeps\ 

chambellan, chamberlain, 

shan behl Ian. 

circonvallation, circumvallation. 

seer koTi val lah see on. 

[bore. 

syllabe, ellebore, syllable, helle- 
seel lab', ehl la b5r\ 

epellation, villa, spelling, villa. 

a pehl lah see on, veel la. 

villegiature, villeggiatura. 
veel la zhee a ttir'. 

solliciteur, solicitor. 
s51 lee see tuhr. 



a, ^s ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; o, no; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't : un, 
grunt ; weh, wear ; wah, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing; y, yes. 



100 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 



THIRTY-NINTH LESSON. Trente-neuvieme le$on. 

CONSONANT L (continued). 

284. u before il and ill is generally an orthographic letter, 
and therefore silent : but in aiguille, cuiller, and in all their 
derivatives, also in Juillet, the u is fully sounded ; forming 
with the i a diphthong, which is pronounced u-ee, — the i 
announcing, besides, that the following 1 is liquid. 

285. 1 is liquid (by exception) in the following words: 
Choiseul, Broglie, semoule, linceul, Santeul. (Sully is now 
regularly pronounced.) 

286. Ill, in the body and at the end of words, is always 
liquid ; and so is the combination 11 at the beginning of a 
few foreign words. 

287. Finally and to resume, 11 is always liquid when it is 
preceded by ai, eai, ei, eui, iai, iei, oai, cei, ouai, oui, uai, 
uei, uoai ; and 1 final is liquid also in all the combinations, — 
ail, eil, euil, ieil, ceil, ouail, ouil, uail, ueil. 

CONSONANT M. 

288. m, after a vowel, in the same syllable, fornis a nasal 
sound with that vowel. 

289. m final forms a nasal sound with the preceding vowel 
in all French words, whatever their etymology may be. 

290. But in words borrowed from foreign languages, m 
final retains its natural sound (as in Tom), except in Adam, 
quidam, Absalom, Samson, and generally Joachim, which a 
long use has Gallicized, and in which m forms a nasal sound. 

291. m before n retains its natural sound, and mn are pro- 
nounced as in English in amnesty. However, m is silent in 
automne and condamner, and derivatives. 

292. The two m's of imm at the beginning of words are 
distinctly pronounced, as in English in immortal. 



CONSONANTS. 



101 



PRACTICE. 



THIRTY-NINTH EXERCISE. Trente-neuvieme exercice. 



[of Choiseul. 
Le due de Choiseul, the Duke 

P duk duh shweh zuhy. 

[Sully. 

le due de Sully, the Duke of 
P diik duh sul lee. 
M. de Broglie* Mr. de Broglie. 

muh see eu d' brweh yee. 

Milhaut, Milhaut. 

mee yo. 

Pardalhac, Pardalhac. 

par da yak. 

un linceul, a shroud, 

un lm suhy'. 

M. de Santeul, Mr. de Santeul. 
muh see eu d' san tuhy\ 

Cruveilhier, Cruveilhier. 
krti veh yee a. 

de la semoule, some semoule. 
d' la s' mooy'. 

[Lloyd's. 

le Lloyd frangais, the French 
luh y wehd fran seh. 

le Llobregat, the Llobregat. 
luh yo bruh ga. 

Llano Grande, Llano Grande, 
ya no graii da. 



Abraham, Abraham, 

a bra am. 

Stockholm, Stockholm. 

sto kolm. 

un item, an item. 

un nee tehm. 

[Samson. 
Absalom, Samson, Absalom, 

ab sa Ion, san son. 



Joachim, 

zho a shin. 

Pautomne, 

lo t5n\ 



Joachim. 



autumn. 



condamnation, condemnation. 

koii dah nah see on. 

M. de Condom, Mr. de Condom. 

muh see eu d' kon don. 

Riom, le nom, Biom, the name. 
ree on, P non. 



un essaim, 

un na sin. 

Pimmensite, 

leem man see ta. 

indemniser, 

in dam nee za. 



a swarm. 

the immensity. 

to indemnify. 



a, as; ah, ah, father; uh, ermine; e or ', move; a, late; eh, met; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; in, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt ; weh, -wear ; wah, "water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gri, sing- 
ing ; y, yes. 



102 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 
FORTIETH LESSON. Quarantieme Upon. 

CONSONANT M (continued). 

293. em prefixed to words and having the character of a 
preposition retains the nasal pronunciation, even before 
another m. The only exceptions are Emma, Emmanuel, Em- 
maiis, emmenagogue, emmenalogie, emmesostome, in which 
the two m's retain their proper sound. 

294. In emm, in the middle of words, the first m is silent, 
the second has the proper sound (as in me), and the e is 
sounded as a in as. 

295. But lemme, dilemme, gemme, and gemmation sound 
the two m's. 

296. Both m's are also sounded in grammatiste, gramma- 
tical, Ammon, nummulaire, and a few others of foreign 
origin. 

Obs. — Substantives ending in m or n nasal never carry 
the final m or n to the next word. 

297. All words ending in urn are borrowed from the Latin 
(except parfum, which is derived, not borrowed, from it) ; 
and the termination urn is always pronounced ome, — o as 
in none. 

298. rumb or rhumb and parfum are pronounced ro?ib y 
parfun. 

CONSONANT N. 

299. n followed by a vowel or a mute h, in the body of a 
word, begins the syllable, and is pronounced as in English in 
nine; but in enarbrer, enivrer, enorgueillir, and in all their 
derivatives, the particle en, which has the character of a 
preposition, retains the nasal sound, and the n, regularly 
carried to arbrer, ivrer, and orgueillir, assumes naturally the 
proper sound. 

300. n before a consonant, except n and h mute, forms 
a nasal sound with the preceding vowel. 



CONSONANTS. 



103 



PRACTICE. 



FORTIETH EXERCISE. Quarantieme exercice. 



lies omnibus, the omnibuses, 
la z5m nee btis. 

la calomnie, the calumny, 
la ka 15m nee. 

diligemment, diligently, 
dee lee zha man. 

Emmanuel, Emmanuel, 

ehm ma nti ehl. 

omnipotence, omnipotence. 
5m nee p5 tans'. 

emmeler, to entangle, 

aii meh la. 

une lampe, a lamp, 

tin' laiip'. 

un dilemme, a dilemma, 
un deelehmm'. 

[cally. 

grammaticalement, grammati- 
gram ma tee kal' man. 

un pensum, a school task, 
un piii s5m. 

l'iridium, iridium, 

lee ree dee 5m. 

un post-scriptum, a postscript, 
mi post skreep t5m. 



Nemrod, Nimrod. 

nehm r5d. 

le Kremlin, the Kremlin. 

I' krehm liii. 

triumvir, triumvir, 

tree 5m veer. 

decemvir, decemvir, 

da sehm veer. 

[herself proud. 

elle s'enorgueillit, she makes 
ehl' saii n5r guh yee. 

Tenivrement, the intoxication. 
Ian nee vruh maii. 

inhabile, 

ee na beel'. 

enivrante, 

an nee vraiit*. 

sciemment, 

see a maii. 

du rhum, 

dtl roin. 



le macadam, 

1' ma ka dam. 

la timballe, 
la tin bal'. 



unskilful, 
intoxicating, 
knowingly, 
some rum. 
the macadam, 
the timbal. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; eor\ move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; o, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt ; weh, wear ; wah, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gri, sing- 
ing ; y, yes. 



104 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 

THEORY. 

FORTY-FIRST LESSON. Quarante et unieme legon. 

CONSONANT N {continued), 

301. In the case of double n, the first is generally silent, 
and does not form a nasal sound with the preceding vowel, 
which, of course, retains its proper sound. (For the excep- 
tions, see below.) 

302. But in ennui, ennoblir, ennasser, and in all their 
derivatives, the syllable en has the character of a preposition. 
As such, it retains the nasal sound ; and the second n, begin- 
ning the syllable, has its natural sound. 

303. en is pronounced a, as in as, in the following words 
and in their derivatives : hennir, nenni, rouennais, solennel, 
and s'ennuiter. 

304. en is pronounced as an in Yankee. 

1°. At the beginning and in the middle of words of foreign 

origin. 
2°. In the body of almost all foreign, and a few French, 

proper names. 
3°. In the persons of the verbs terminated in the infinitive 

in venir and tenir, whenever ien is not followed by n. 
4°. At the end of French substantives and proper names, 

and foreign proper names terminated in ien and een. 

305. When the particle in of inn, at the beginning of 
words, has the force of a negation, the two n's are distinctly 
sounded, without nasality. Both n's are also sounded in a 
few words, a list of which is given on the page opposite. 

306. The particle in, prefixed to words borrowed from the 
Latin, is pronounced een; but in the library terms in-folio, 
in-qu.arto, in-douze, in-seize, &c, which a frequent use has 
Gallicized, in retains the nasal sound. In-plano and in-octavo 
have retained, however, the Latin pronunciation. 

307. n final forms a nasal sound with the preceding vowel; 
but in proper names and in a number of words of foreign 
origin ending in n or nn, the n's retain the natural sound 
(as in man, hen). 

308. n final in substantives, if otherwise silent, is never 
carried to the next word. 



CONSONANTS. 



105 



PRACTICE. 



FORTY-FIRST EXERCISE. Quarante et unihne exercice. 



H hennissait, it neighed, 

eel a nee sek, 

[mennais, 

M. de Lamennais, Mr. de La- 
niuh see eu d' lam neh. 

cela ennoblit, that does exalt. 
s' la an no blee. 

[out late at night. 

vous vous ennuitez, you stay 

voo yog za ntl ee ta. 

une solennite, a solemnity. 
tin' s5 la nee ta. 

un rouennais, a native of Rouen. 
un roo a neh. 

Benjamin, Benjamin, 

bin zha mm. 

Mentor, inne, Mentor, innate. 
mfn tor, een na. 

[school task. 

Rubens, pensum, Rubens, 
ru bins, pin som. 

le Camoens, le Camoens. 

luh ka mo ins. 

[tor. 

Ecouen, stentor, Ecouen, sten- 
a koo in, stin tor. 

Saint-Ouen, Saint Ouen. 

sin too in. 



the examination. 
a spencer, 
some benzoin. 



L'examen, 

lag za mm. 

un spencer, 
un spin sehr. 

du benjoin, 
dn. bin zho in. 

un agenda, a memorandum book, 
un nazhinda. 

[entered. 

il vient d'entrer, he has just 
eel vee in daii tra. 

les europeens, Europeans. 
la zeu ro pa in. 

un in-octavo, an octavo. 

un. nee nok ra to. 

un in-douze, a duodecimo. 

uii niii dooz'. 

[the spleen. 

Tin-folio, le spleen, the folio, 
lin fo lee o, luh spleen. 



inn ombr able, 

een non brabl'. 



innumerable. 



le Bearn, Eden, Beam. Eden. 
1' ba arn', a dehn. 

[behen. 

le lichen, behen, the lichen, 
luh lee kehn, ba ehn. 



a, as; ah. ah. father: uh. ennine ; e or \ move; a, late; eh, met; 
eh. there: ee, police: 6 } nor: o. also: 6. no: u. constitution; 
eu. first; oo, too; an, want; m, Yankee: oli, don't; un y 
grunt ; weh, "wear : wah. "water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn. sing- 
ing ; y, yes. 



106 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 



FORTY-SECOND LESSON. Quarante-deuxieme k?on. 

CONSONANT N (continued). 

309. In poetry, when rhyme demands it, Eden is pro- 
nounced edvn. 

310. Le Beam, a French province, sounds the n ; but in 
M. de Beam the n is silent (in good society). Talleyrand, 
Lamennais, Sennecterre, are pronounced talran, lamne, sen? 
terre. 

311. The n of en, preposition, is always carried to the 
next word, when the latter begins with a vowel. 

bien, adverb, rien and un, pronouns, are joined to the fol 
lowing word when they are connected to it in sense, or when 
euphony requires it. 

The n of mon, ton, son, is always carried to the next word. 

un carries its n to the following word, but only when the 
latter is a noun or an adjective with which un is intimately 
connected in sense. 

en and on, pronouns, are joined only to verbs to which 
they belong. 

The n of ent, termination of the third person plural of 
verbs, is always silent. 

Adjectives ending in n, as bon, vilain, ancien, plein, cer- 
tain, &c, carry the n to the next word, but only when that 
word is a noun to which they are inseparably united ; that 
is, when the sense does not admit the slightest pause between 
them. The nasality of the last syllable of the adjective may 
disappear, and the vowel preceding the final n reassume its 
natural sound ; but this is optional. The ease or the difficulty 
of pronunciation is a sufficient guide in this case. 

CONSONANT P. 

312. p initial is always sounded in French. 

313. p final is pronounced in Alep, bishop, calp, cap, croup, 
escap, escoup, Gap, group, hanap, hap ! houp ! jalap, julep, 
kanaap, piahiap, salep, sep, sloop, tap, trapp, tsia-ip, and 
tsiap. 



CONSONANTS. 107 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 

CONSONANT P {continued). 

314. The p of trop and beaucoup is carried to the next 
word, beginning with a vowel, when no pause can be made 
between the two words : — 

H est trop entdte pour ceder, He is too headstrong to yield, 

eel eh tro pail teh ta poor sa da. 

J'ai beaucoup etudie, I have studied very much, 

zha bo koo pa tu dee a. 

Everywhere else p final is silent, even before a vowel. 

315. p not final is fully sounded, except in the following 
words and in their compounds and derivatives : bapt§me, 
baptiser, Baptiste, cheptel, compter, corps,, exempt, printemps, 
prompt, sculpter, temps, Troplong, dompter, je romps, tu romps, 
il rompt, Wimpffen. 

316. The p of champ at the beginning of nouns is silent 
before consonants, except before 1 : Champcenetz, Champ- 
fleury, Champmesle, &c, pronounced chansne, chanfleuri, 
chanmele, &c. But the p is heard in Champlain, Champla- 
treux, &c. At the end of nouns, the p of champ and camp 
is never pronounced: Decamps, Longchamps, &c, are pro- 
nounced decern, lonchan, &c. 

317. The p of sept, septieme, septiemement, is also silent; 
but it is heard in all the other words beginning with sept. 

318. When p is doubled, the second only is sounded, ex- 
cept in a few Greek proper names ; such as Agrippa, Hippo- 
mene, Hippias, Agrippine, &c. Appetence and appeter sound 
also the two p's. 

319. In trop, too much, the o is sounded as in nor, when 
trop precedes the word it modifies ; but when trop follows 
that word, its o is sounded as in also. 

J'ai trop d'ouvrage, I have too much work, 

zha tr5 doo vrazh'. 

J'en ai trop, I have too much of it. 

zhaiL na tro. 



108 TRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY. 



CONSONANT Q. 

320. q is always followed by u ; except in coq, cinq, Boscq, 
Ourcq, Dubocq, Saint-Cricq, Vicq-D'Azyr, and a few other 
proper names, where it is final, and sounded as k in hey. 

321. q is always sounded in coq. (The vulgar pronuncia- 
tion of coq d'Inde — co-d'Inde — is inadmissible among edu- 
cated people.) 

322. The q of cinq is fully sounded, except when cinq is 
immediately followed by a substantive, a qualifying adjec- 
tive, or a number, beginning with a consonant, and provided 
cinq be connected in sense with those words. 

323. Cinq-Mars is pronounced sin-mar; and quanquam, 
aquosite, and piqure, are respectively pronounced hwan-hwam, 
aku o site^ and pi hur\ 

CONSONANT E. 

324. At the beginning and in the body of a word r is fully 
sounded, except in gars, Angers, and in all the words ending 
in iers. However, r is heard in le Chiers, Thiers, un tiers, 
and in the termination iers of the verbs ending in the infini- 
tive in querir. 

325. r final is sounded in all the terminations that are not 
er ; but r is silent in monsieur, messieurs, and oublieur. 

326. er final is pronounced as the English word ere. 
1°. In foreign proper names. 

2°. In monosyllabic words and in their compounds. 
3°. In a few French proper names : — 

Auber, Abd-el-kader, le Cher, Albert Durer, Fanny Elssler, 

o behr, abd ehl ka dehr, luh shehr, al behr dtl rehr, fan nee ehl slehr, 

Esther, Gessler, Gessner, Jupiter, Kleber, Necker, Lucifer, 

ehs tehr, gehs lehr, gehs nehr, zhii pee tehr, kla behr, neh kehr, lti see fehr, 

Pont-Audemer, Quimper, Reuter, Roederer, Rouher, Suger, 

poii to d' mehr, km pehr, reu tehr, ra duh rehr, roo ehr, sti zhehr. 

St. Sever, &c. 

sin suh vehr. 

4°. In a number of polysyllabic words, the most frequently 
used of which are given on the page opposite. 



CONSONANTS. 



109 



PRACTICE. 



FORTY-SECOND EXERCISE. Quarante-deuxieme exercice. 



Certain endroit, certain place, 
sehr tin nan drweh. 

le bien et le mal, good and evil. 

V bee in ,a 1' mal. 

[vicious. 

vilain et vicieux, ugly and 
vee lfn a vee see eu. 

[not? 

est-il bon ou non ? is it good or 
ehteel bon oo non. 

in Egypt? 

pleut-il en Egypte? does it rain 
pleu teel an na zheept'. 

du reps, 



dii rehps. 

le relaps, 
rah r' laps. 

une crypte, 

tin' kreept\ 

l'eclipse, 

la kleeps'. 

un sculpteur, 

un skill tuhr. 



some reps, 
the relaps er. 
a crypt, 
the eclipse. 
a sculptor. 



presomptueux, presumptuous, 
pra zonp tti eu. 

pneumatique, pneumatic, 
pneu ma teek'. 

[may be. 

quoique ce soit, whatever it 
kweh kuh suh sweh. 



vetiver, 

va tee vehr. 



bent-grass. 



Amer, aster, bitter, aster, 

a mehr, as tehr. 

[day. 
auster, hier, south wind, yester- 
5s tehr, ee ehr. 

[bitter. 
belveder, bitter, belvidere, 
behl va dehr, bee tehr. 

[cancer, 
calender, cancer, calendar, 
ka Ian dehr, kan sehr. 

cher, coroner, dear, coroner. 

shehr, k5 r5 nehr. 

cutter, cuiller, cutter, spoon, 
kti tehr, kii ee yehr. 

eider, enfer, eider, hell, 

a dehr, aTi fehr. 

ether, fer, fier, ether, iron, proud, 
a tehr, fehr, fee ehr. 

[wehr. 

hiver, landwehr, winter, land- 

ee vehr, land vehr. 

lavander, lavender. 

la van dehr. 

machefer, slag. 

mahsh' fehr. 

[sea. 
m agister, mer, school-master, 

ma zhees tehr, mehr. 

[ultramarine. 

revolver, outremer, revolver, 

run vol vehr. oo truh mehr. 



thaler, ver, 

tah lehr, vehr. 



thaler, worm. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; o, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt ; weh, wear ; wah, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing ; y, yes. 



110 FEENCH PRONUNCIATION. 

THEORY AND PRACTICE. 
FORTY-THIRD LESSOK Quarante-troisttme le$on. 

CONSONANT R {continued). 

327. r final is mute, and the e preceding it is sounded as 
a in late. 

1°. In Alger and Tanger. 

2°. In French proper names, except those mentioned in § 326. 

3°. At the end of all substantives terminating in er, except 
those given on p. 109. 

4°. At the end of adjectives in er. 

5°. At the end of all words in ier and yer. Five words only- 
form an exception to this last rule: hier, fier (adj.), 
avant-hier, laemmer-geier, myer. 

6°. At the end of all verbs of the first conjugation. How- 
ever, in poetry, in the noble style, and generally in 
serious reading, the r of the infinitive is carried to the 
next word when the latter begins with a vowel. 

328. The r of adjectives ending in ier is carried to the 
next word, but only when that word is a substantive modi- 
fied by the adjective : — 

Vous ecrirez le premier exercice, You will write the first exercise. 
voo za kree ra F pruh mee a ra gzehr sees'. 

329. r, before d, s, and t final, is fully sounded ; the d, s, 
and t being generally silent, even before a vowel. But fort, 
adv., sert, verb, and vers, prep., usually carry their final con- 
sonant to the next word : — 

Vous aurez fort a faire, You will have much to do. 

voo z5 ra f5r ta fehr. 

Cela ne sert a rien, That is of no use. 

s' la n' sehr ta ree m. 



CONSONANTS. Ill 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 

CONSONANT R {continued). 

330. Both r's are sounded, — 

1°. In the forty-three following words : aberration, Burrhus, 
concurremment, corroborant, corroboratif, corroboration, 
corroborer, corrodant, corroder, corrosif, corrosion, er- 
rant, errata, erratique, erratum, errer, erreur, errhin, erro- 
ne\ farrago, horreur, horrible, horriblement, horripilation, 
inerarrable, intercurrent, interregne, myrrhis, narration, 
porrection, Pyrrha, pyrrhique, pyrrhonisme, Pyrrhus, sar- 
rasalme, torrefaction, torrefier, torride, terreur, terrible, 
terriblement, Urraque, Verres. 

2°. In all words beginning with irr. 

3°. In the future and conditional of the verb mourir, and of 
all the verbs in courir and querir. 

4°. In Perrault's sentence : la bobinette cherra. 

Everywhere else, when r is doubled, the first is silent. 

331. rh is always pronounced as r alone. 

CONSONANT S. 

332. s at the beginning of words is sounded as in so, even 
before a consonant ; but when s, initial or not, is immediately 
followed by a soft consonant, as b, d, g, j, v, it naturally takes 
the soft sound zuh, which easily coalesces with those conso- 
nants ; hence sb, sd, sg, sj, sv, must be pronounced zb, zd, zg, 
zj, zv. 

333. In the middle of words, and preceded or followed by 
a consonant, s is sounded as in so. It is silent in est, is. 

334. s preceding ce or ci in the body of a word is felt 
rather than fully pronounced. The voice glides slightly over 
the s, but distinctly articulates the c. 

335. s is regularly pronounced as in so in the terminations 
asme, isme. The pronunciation azme, izme, is a provincial- 
ism to be carefully guarded against. 



112 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 

CONSONANT 8 {continued). 

336. When, in compound words, s is the initial letter of 
the simple; as in vraisemblable, compounded of vrai and 
semblable / presupposer, parasol, monosyllabe, &c, it retains 
its regular sound (as in so). 

337. It has also the same sound (as in so) in : gisant, lying, 
gisons, gisais, gisiez, gisaient, gisez, gisent, gisait, gisions. 

338. s is fully sounded as in so in the termination us of 
words borrowed from the Latin: blocus, prospectus, omni- 
bus, &c. 

339. s final is also sounded in a large number of words 
and proper names, the greater proportion of which have been 
taken from the Latin and Greek languages ; the most fre- 
quently used are given here : albatros, albinos, aloes, amaryl- 
lis, ambesas, as, atlas, bis, cassis, cens, contre-sens, cortes, creps, 
diabetes, elephantiasis, es, express, extramuros, fils,flores, gneiss, 
gratis, helas, hypocras, ibis, iris, jadis, lapis-lazuli, laps, lis, loca- 
tis, madras, mais, makis, mars, mefitis, merinos, metis, moeurs, 
non-sens, oasis, os, ours, pathos, plus, plus-que-parfait, rachitis, 
relaps, reps, rhinoceros, sens, strass, tetanos, tournevis, tous, 
unguis, vasistas, vindas, vis, volubilis. 

340. s final is also sounded in foreign proper names and in 
a few French names : Agnes, Angles, Arles-Dufour, Arras, As- 
sas, Athenais, Atlas, Aunis, Baradas, Barras, Baumes, Blacas, 
Boissy d'Anglas, Brancas, Brennus, Brueys, Cabanis, Galas, Cal- 
vados, Cambaceres, Carpentras, Caylus, Cazales, Charondas, 
Clovis, Cujus, Damas, Drouin de Lhuys, Ducis, Duras, Esquiros, 
Exelmans, Flourens, Garnier-Pages, Genlis, Havas, Las-Cases, 
Lesseps, Mazas, Mires, Paixhans, Rheims, Senlis, Sens, Uzes, 
Vaugelas, Vestris, Warens, &c. 



CONSONANTS. 



113 



PRACTICE. 



FORTY-THIRD EXERCISE. Quarante-troisieme exercice. 



J'acquerais, I acquired, 

zha ka reh. 

il courait, he was running, 

eel koo reh. 

je suis enrhume, I have a cold, 
zhuh su ee zan r\i ma. 

[will fall. 

la bobinette cherra, the bobbin 
la bo bee neht' shehr ra. 

[joined. 

le sbire, disjoint, the sbirro, dis- 
luh zbeer', deez zho nl. 

l'enthousiasme, the enthusiasm, 
lah too zee asm'. 



spongieux, 

span zhee eu. 

l'Aisne, 

lehn\ 

Desmoulins, 

da moo lm. 

Laubespine, 
lo ba peen\ 

Praslin, 

prah lin. 

Vosgien, 

vo zhee m. 
Rosny, 



spongy. 

the Aisne. 

Desmoulins. 

Laubespine. 

Praslin. 

Vosgien. 

Kosny. 



J'acquerrais, I would acquire, 
zha kehr reh. 

il courrait, he would run. 
eel koor reh. 

[mange. 

du blanc-manger, some blanc- 
dtl blan man zha. 

Sganarelle, Sganarelle. 
zga na rehl'. 

une disgrace, a disgrace, 
ftn' deez grahs'. 

substance, substance. 

stib stans\ 

sciemment, knowingly, 
see a man. 

Asnieres, Asnieres. 

ah nee ehr\ 

Chastellux, Chastellux. 
shah t' lu. 

L'Espinasse, L'Espinasse. 
la pee nas\ 

Saint-Priest, Saint-Priest, 
sin pree. 

Du G-uesclin, Du Guesclin. 
du ga klin. 

[Chasles. 

Philarete Chasles, Philarete 
fee la reht* shahl*. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; all, want ; in, Yankee ; on, don^t ; un, 
grunt ; weh, wear ; wan, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing ; y, yes. 



114 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 



FORTY-FOURTH LESSON. Quarante-qitatrteme le$on. 

CONSONANT 8 (continued). 

341. Bis, encore, sounds the s ; but s is silent in bis, brown. 

342. Sens, sense, sounds its final s, except in the five ex- 
pressions : — 



Bon sens, 

boii saii. 



good sense. 



de sens rassis, unmoved. 
<T san ra see. 



Sens commun, common sense, 
sail k5 mun. 

[turvy. 

sens dessus dessous, topsy- 
sah d' su d' soo. 

[before. 

sens devant derriere, hind part 
san d' van deh ree ehr\ 

343. The s of plus, adv. forming a comparative or superla- 
tive, and of plus negative, is silent before a consonant : it is 
sounded as z before a vowel. But the s of plus, more, posi- 
tive, is generally slightly pronounced, as s in so before a con- 
sonant, but only when a short pause can be made after plus ; 
before a vowel s naturally assumes the sound of z : — 

La religion est necessaire: je dis plus, elle est indispensable, 

la r' lee zhee on eh na sa sehr': zh' dee plus, ehl' eh tin dees pan sabP. 
Je vous ai paye tout, et mille francs en plus, 
zh' voo za peh ya tod, a meeP frali zan plus. 
Voici mon billet, plus, la somme de cent francs. 

vweh see mon bee yeh, plus, la som' duh san fran. 

344. Lis, lily, sounds its s, except in Fleur-de-lis (heraldic 
term). 

345. The s of fils, son, is sounded ; but in circumstances of 
great solemnity, and in poetry, when the exigencies of the 
rhyme demand it, the s of fils may be silent : — 

Et de ses doigts glaces prenant le crucifix: 

a duh sa dweh gla sa pruh nan luh krii see fee. 

Voila le souvenir, et voila l'esperance! 

vweh la luh soo vuh neer, a vwehla la spa rails'. 

Emportez-les, mon fils! — Lamartine. 

an por ta la, mon fee. 

346. Tous, all, pronoun, sounds the s ; tous, adjective, does 
not: — 



[away. 
Tous fuyaient, all were running 
toos fu ee yeh. 

tous les hommes, all men. 
too la zom'. 



Nous irons tous, we shall all go. 
noo zee roh toos. 

[both of you. 
venez tous les deux, come, 

v' na too la deu. 



CONSONANTS. 115 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 

CONSONANT 8 (continued). 

347. We have already seen that s final is sounded in for- 
eign proper names, but it is silent when they end in es : Lon- 
dres, Douvres, &c, pronounced londr\ douvr\ 

348. s, which is sounded in Christ, le Christ, is silent in 
Jesus-Christ, and antechrist. 

349. Jesus, Thomas, Nicolas, and Judas, although of foreign 
origin, do not sound their final s. 

350. In good society, M. de Brancas and M. de Damas sup- 
press the s sound. De Castries is pronounced de castr"* ; and 
Desaix, duh seh. 

351. The combination es of the reduplicative particle res 
is sounded as e in ermine, before s ; the es of dessus and des- 
sous has also the same sound, but the e sound may be slighted 
or dropped when necessary : — 

Ressembler, le ressort, se ressouvenir, dessus, la ressource, 
ruli san bla, luh ruh sor, suh ruli soov' neer, duh su, la ruh soors', 
dessous ; or, ressembler, ressort, ressouvenir, dessus, res- 

duh soo. r' san bla, r' sor, r' soov' neer, d' sti, r' 

source, dessous, ressemelage. 

soors', d' soo, r' suh in' lazh\ 

352. But in the four words which follow, the e of es is reg- 
ularly sounded as a in late : — 

[dry 



Le ressui, ressuyer, the lair, to 
luh ra sti ee, ra sii ee ya. 



[the surf, 
ressusciter, le ressac, to revive, 
ra sti see ta, luh ra sak. 



353. s between two consonants is fully sounded and forms 
a part of the same syllable with the first : — 

[spire, to inscribe. 
Cons-pirer, inscrire, to con- 
kons pee ra, ins kreer'. 
s'abs-tenir, to abstain, 
sabs tuh neer. 



Pers-pective, perspective. 

pehrs pehk teev\ . 

obs-curit6, darkness, 
obs kti ree ta. 



354. s followed by a consonant is distinctly sounded ; and, 
when both letters belong to the same syllable, the consonant 
is sounded with the s ; otherwise, each letter is sounded with 
the syllable to which it belongs : — 

Stimulants, prestidigitateur, flosculeux, mascarade, stigmate. 

stce inti Ian, prehs tee dee zhee ta tuhr, flos kti leu, mas ka rad', steeg mat'. 



116 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



TEE OR T AND PRACTICE. 

CONSONANT S (continued). 

355. When s is double the first is silent. But in poetry 
and in the elevated style both s's are sounded in : assa fcetida, 
asservir, asservissement, amplissime, bellissime, compressible, 
generalissime, grandissime, illustrissime, intussusception, Ma> 
nasses, Nessus, rarissime, richissime, transsudation, transsub- 
stantiation, vicissitude, assentiment, assonance, dissonance, 
missive, fissure, inadmissible, scission, &c. 

356. s before ce, ci, and cy, is silent : plebiscite, fascine, 
escient, s'immiscer, prescience, &c. However, the s is sounded 
in ascyre, ascetique, concupiscible, fascicule, irascible, prosce- 
nium, rarescible, rarescibilite. 

357. Followed by en, both the letters sc are pronounced 
with the hissing sound of s in so : ascension, condescendre, 
effervescent, transcendant, &c. But in the following five 
words the s is silent : descendance, descendant, descendre, des- 
cente, redescendre. 

358. s is sounded as z in zone (soft sound), — 
1°. Between two vowels. 

2°. Before b, d, g, and j. 

3°. In the Latin syllable trans followed by a vowel, except in 

transir, transept, Trafisylvanie, and their derivatives. 
4°. In the following words and those of the same radical : — 

Alsace, Arsace, asthme, balsamine, subsister, Israel, Ismael, 

al zas', ar zas', azm', bal za meen', sub zees ta, eez ra ehl, eez ma ehl, 

bismuth, Belsunce, Bethsabee, Nansouty, transvaser. 

beez milt, behl zims', beht za ba, naTi zoo tee, tranz vah za. 

5°. Before b and d, because of the natural attraction. 

Asbestre, bisbille, Dresde, presbytere, transborder, Esdras, &c. 

az behstr', beez beeyS, drelizd', prehz bee tehr', tranz b5r da, ehz drabs. 

359. s added to form the plural does not change the pro- 
nunciation of the syllable, it lengthens its sound. In con- 
versation, however, this alteration is hardly perceptible. 



CONSONANTS. 117 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 

CONSONANT 8 (concluded). 

360. s final carried to the next word assumes the z sound. 

361. It is an elegance of elocution, when using in the plu- 
ral those words which sound their final s in the singular, not 
only to carry the s sounded as z to the next word, but to let 
the hissing sound of s (as in so) be heard slightly before the 
connection takes place ; both the hissing and the hard sound 
being produced in quick succession. The requisite delicacy 
of the movements of the organs in these circumstances al- 
ways and with unerring certainty indicates education, good 
breeding, and refinement : — 

lies mceurs anglaises, Les fils et les peres, Les merinos 
la muhrs zan glehz'. la fees za la pehr', la ma ree nos 

espagnols. 
zaspa gnol. 

362. The final s is never carried to the following words, — 
oui, onze, ouate, and un, une, numeral adjectives. 

Obs. — The familiar expression entre quatre yeux is, by 
reason of euphony, pronounced entre quatre-z-yeux. (See Diet, 
of the Acad.) Moreover, quatre was formerly spelled qua- 
tres : it is not surprising that the s sound (as z) should have 
been retained. Some authors write entre quatre-z-yeux, the 
anomaly, if there is any, thus disappearing. 

CONSONANT T. 

363. In a few foreign proper names, t feeling the influence 
of the following z is pronounced d : Dantzick, Fitz-Gerald, 
&c. 

364. t retains its' proper sound (as in tax), — 
1°. At the beginning of words. 

2°. In the middle of words when it is not followed by i and 

another vowel. 
3°. Before y, except in amphictyons and der., pron. anjiksion. 
4°. In the, whatever place th occupies in the word. 

365. When haut enters into the composition of a word, its 
t is silent before a consonant, sounded before a vowel. 



118 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 

CONSONANT T {continued). 

366. The t of mont and pont, at .the beginning of words, is 
also silent before consonants, sounded before vowels. 

However, t is sounded by exception in Montredon, Montre- 
jeau, Montresor, Montret, Montretout, Montreuil, Montre- 
vault, Montrevel, Montrichard, Pontremoli, and Pontrieux. 

COMBINATION TL 

367. The t of ti is pronounced as in tax, — 
1°. After s or x. 

2°. In the syllables tie, tiers, tier, tie, and thie, except initier, 
satiete, and in the five verbs argutier, balbutier, diffe- 
rentier, initier, and transsubstantier, words in which tie 
and tier are pronounced sie. 

3°. In the syllable tie preceded by a consonant ; with the ex- 
ception of gilbertie, ineptie, inertie, rhinoptie, pro- 
nounced gilbersie, inepsie, &c. 

4°. In the feminine terminations tie and ties of past partici- 
ples, and in all the parts of the verb chatier. 

5°. In tieme and tiemement. 

6°. In the syllables tien and tienne. But in proper names 
(except Chretien), the t of tien, tienne, takes the sound 
of s. (See p. 120, 8°.) 

7°. In centiare, elephantiasis, Critias, etiage, galimatias, tiare, 
and in words containing antia, as antiacide, &c. Every- 
where else tia is pronounced sia. 

8°. In etioler and deriv. in commation, Bagration, and Petion, 
everywhere else tio and tion are pronounced sio, sion. 

9°. In the terminations tions, tiez, of the first and second 
persons plural of verbs, except in those given above. 
(See 2°.) 

10°, Finally in.rdtie, sotie, tutie, Clytie, Orithye, epizootie, 
philautie. 



CONSONANTS. 



119 



PRACTICE. 



FORTY-FOURTH EXERCISE. Quarante-quatrtime exercice. 



Fitz- James, Fitz- James, 

feedz zhani'. 

[height. 

le tiers, hauteur, the third part, 
I' tee ehr, o tuhr. 

[tented. 

tu es contente, thou art con- 
tH eh koii taut*. 

un bastion, 

un bas tee on. 



a bastion, 
the management, 
the mixtures. 



la gestion, 

la zheks tee on. 

les mixtions, 
la meeks tee on. 

tu chatieras, thou wilt chastise, 
tu shah tee ra. 

la sympathie, the sympathy, 
la sin pa. tee. 

la pitie, pity. 

la pee tee a. 

[mathy. 

la chrestomathie, the chresto- 
la krehs to ma tee. 

arbres fruitiers, fruit-trees, 
arbr' fru ee tee a. 

une ortie, a nettle, 

tin' 5r tee. 

la dynastie, the dynasty, 

la dee nas tee. 



Elle est aplatie, it is flattened, 
ehl' eh ta pla tee. 

[them, 
je les ai averties, I warned 
zh' la za a vehr tee. 

nous portions, we carried. 

noo por tee on. 

le maintien, the maintenance. 
1* mm tee in. 



ils obtiennent, 

eel zob tee ehn\ 

la Tchernaia, 

la tshehr na ee a. 

Tlemsen, 

tlehm sehn. 

Bitche, Bastia, 

beetsh', bas tee a. 

Hautpoul, 

o pool. 

Montreal, 

mon ra 91. 

Montpensier, 

mon pan see a. 

Montlhery, 

mon la ree. 

Pontchartrain, 

pon shar trin. 



they obtain. 

the Tchernaia. 

Tlemsen. 

Bitche, Bastia. 

Hautpoul. 

Montreal. 

Montpensier. 

Montlhery. 

Pontchartrain. 



a, as; ah, ah, father; uh, ermine; e or ', move; a, late; eh, met; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; o, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; in, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
gruntj weh, wear ; wah, water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing ; y, yes. 



120 FKENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 
FORTY-FIFTH LESSOK Quarante-cinquieme le$on. 

COMBINATION TI {continued). 

368. The combination ti is pronounced see. 

1°. In patient and all its derivatives ; in partient, component 
part of some mathematical terms, and in quotient. 

2°. In the syllable tia. (See exceptions, six words, page 
118,7°.) 

5°. In the syllables tiaux, tiel, tieux, tieuse, and tius, without 
exception. 

4°. In the termination tiaire, without exception. 

5°. In the syllable tio, one exception. (See p. 118, 8°.) 

6°. In tion. (See the three exceptions, p. 118, 8°.) 

7°. In the termination tium. 

8°. In the syllable tien, when it terminates names of persons, 
peoples, sects, &c. (See p. 118, 6°.) 

9°. In the terminations atie, etie, itie, otie, utie, five excep- 
tions. (See p. 118, 10°.) 

10°. Finally the ti is pronounced see in gilbertie, ineptie, 
inertie, rhinoptie ; in all the parts of the five verbs 
argutier, balbutier, differentier, initier, transsubstantier, 
and in initie, satiete, and balbutiement. 

T FINAL. 

369. t final is generally silent ; it is, however, sounded be- 
fore consonants as before vowels in all the following words: 
abject, abrupt, accessit, aconit, apt, arrowroot, azimut, balast, 
brut, Christ, chut ! cobalt, compact, compost, comput, contact, 
correct, deficit, direct, dot, echec et mat, Test, exact, exeat, fat, 
fiat, granit, hast, heurt, huit, incorrect, indirect, indult, inexact, 
inhalt, infect, intact, intellect, knout, lest, licet, lut, malt, mat, 
obit, occiput, opiat. ouest, pat, preterit, quant a, quartz, rapt, rit, 
raout, rut, sedlitz, sinciput, smalt, spalt, spint, steamboat, strict, 
tact, tacet, toast, transept, transit, tut, uranit, ut, veniat, vivat, 
■whist, le zist et le zest. 

Note. — We have omitted only a few words, seldom used. 



CONSONANTS. 121 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 

CONSONANT T (continued). 

370. The final t is generally sounded in the following 

words : however, it is not incorrect not to pronounce it : — 

Distinct, fret, indistinct, net, succinct, suspect, test, vermout. 
dees tinkt, frelit. iii dees tmct, neht, silk siiit, bus pelikt. tekst, vehr moot. 

371. Per contra, t is generally silent in the six words be- 
low ; but it is optional to pronounce it or not : — 

Alphabet, aspect, circonspect, fait, respect, sot. 

al fa beh, as pelik. seer koiis pelik. fell, res pelik, so. 

372. Sept and huit sound the t, except before a substan- 
tive or an adjective beginning with a consonant, and which 
sept or huit modify. 

373. t is sounded in au fait, adv. But the t is silent in 
fait, subs., except at the end of the sentence : — 

Dire a quelqu'un son fait, Je lui ai dit son fait, C'est un fait 

deer & kelil kim soli feht, zlr lti ee a dee soli fekt, sen tun felit. 

374. t is always silent in the conjunction et, even before a 
vowel. 

375. In vingt the t is silent, but it is sounded in the nine 
compounds of that number : — 

Vingt, vingt et un, vingt-deux, vingt-trois, vingt-quatre, vingt- 
vni, vin ta mi, Tint deu, nnt trwali, viiit kair', vmt 

cinq, vingt-six, vingt-sept, vingt-huit, vingt-neuf. 

sink, vint sees. vmt sent, vmt ti eet. vmt nnnf. 

376. In quatre -vingt, and in its nineteen compounds, the 
g and t are invariably silent. 

377. The t of cent is silent, except before a word multi- 
plied by cent, and which begins with a vowel : — 

Cent un, cent ou deux cents, cent equipages, cent hirondelles. 

saii an, sail oo deu saTi, sari, ta kee pazk', sain tee ron deliT. 

378. The t of th is sounded everywhere except in the 

three words : — 

Goth, Ostrogoth, Wisigoth. 

go, os tro go, vee zee go. 

379. The t final preceded by c or r is not generally earned 
to the next word, and c and r make the connection. But 
fort, adv., generally carries its t, 

Vous §tes fort obligeant. 

vuo zeht' for to bliziiaii. 



122 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 

CONSONANT T (continued). 

380. t is sounded in the following proper names : A brecht, 
Alost, Anet, Anhalt, Apt, Ast, Ault, Austerlitz, Belfast, Belt, 
Benedict, de Beust, Beyrout, Biarritz, Bombast, Brest, Bucha- 
rest, Christ, Crevelt, Danet, Buchapt, Dudouyt, Erfurt, Ernest, 
Faust, Hertz, Huet, Japhet, Kant, Kent, Laufelt, Lot-et-Garonne, 
Liszt, Olmutz, Pilnitz, Saint-Just, Baint-Vaast, Schmitz, Sedlitz, 
Soult, Strelitz, Tot, Vouet. 

381. But t is silent in the terminations ault, aut (except in 
Ault), and at the end of the proper names below. 

Albert, Albret, Achmet, Adrets, Antechrist, Azincourt, Ba- 
jazet, Belleforest, Belfort, Benoit, Bossuet, Brunehaut, Capet, 
Cauterets, Charles-Quint, Charost, Chatellerault, la Ciotat, Cob- 
lentz, Colbert, Cronstadt, d'Alembert, Dancourt, Darmstadt, Da- 
voust, Domfront, Dubost, Dumont, l'Escaut, For§ts, Fouquet, 
Giroust, Givet, Gueret, Humboldt, Japet, Jesus-Christ, Josaphat, 
Jundt, Lorient, Maestrickt, Mahomet, Marat, Marrast, Metz, 
Murat, Niort, Nourrit, Nuits, de Fradt, Frevost, Rambouillet, 
Rastadt, Rembrandt, Retz, Robert, Saint-Friest, Schelestadt, 
Seltz, Sixte-Quint, Talbot, Thiboust, Utrecht. 

382. Asthme and isthme are pronounced asm\ ism\ 

383. When t is doubled, the first is silent except in the 
following words which sound both t's : Algarotti, allegretto, 
atticisme, attique, battologie, battologique, committimus, com- 
mittitur, concetti, dilettanti, Donizetti, et tutti quanti, Gam- 
betta, guttiferes, guttural, gutturo, in petto, intermittence, 
intermittent, quintetti, quintette, vendetta, Viotti. 



CONSONANTS. 123 

THEORY AND PRACTICE. 

CONSONANT V, AND W. 

384. The French v is never doubled, never final, and never 
varies in its pronunciation. 

385. W belongs to foreign words. We call it double vuh. 
It is pronounced as v, — 

1°. In all German, Swede, Russian, Polish, &c, names: — 

La Norwege, la Dwina, Wurtzbourg, Brunswick, "Weber, &c. 

la n5r vehzh, la dvee na, vurz boor, bans veek, va behr. 

2°. In a few English words, especially when it is not pre- 
ceded by a vowel : — 

Cromwell, un wagon, un warrant. 

krom vehl, un va gon, ua va ran. 

386. w has the value of ou (oo in too), in English and 

Flemish words : — 

Les "Whigs, Longwy, whist. 

la oo eeg, long oo ee, oo eest. 

387. In Zwingle, it is sounded u. 

388. w is pronounced like f (fuh) at the end of Russian 

names : — 

Mer d'Azow, Romanow. 

mehr da zof, ro ma nof. 

389. ow final is sounded o : — 

Flotow, Bulow. 

no to, bti lo. 

390. Newton, Washington, Warwick, Law, New York, 

cowpox, are pronounced neuton, vasinJcton, varvic, Id, neu 

york, copox. 

CONSONANT X 

391. Xerxes is pronounced gzerces, and Don Quixote, don 
quichotte. 

392. x final is carried to the next word, with the z sound, 
in the following cases* : — 

1°. From the article aux: auz abonnes, aux horticulteurs. 
2°. From a noun to its adjective : cheveux epars, chevaux 

alertes*. 
3°. From an adjective to its substantive : affreux etat. 
4°. From peux and veux: tu peux ecrire, je veux y aller. 
5°. In poetry whenever euphony requires it. 

393. x final and sounded is always articulated like ks. 



124 FKENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



THEORY AND PRACTICE. 

CONSONANT X {continued). 

394. x is articulated like ks in the terminations ax, ex, ix, 
ox, ux, yx, inx, ynx, when they are preceded by a consonant : 

Borax, codex, prefix, Fox, Pollux, onyx, sphinx, lynx. 

bo raks, ko deliks, pra feeks, foks, po ltiks, o neeks, sfinks, links. 

395. Beatrix, coccys, Cadix, Chastellus, are pronounced 
beatris, coccis, cadis, chdtlu. 

396. In crucifix, perdrix, prix, and all the words ending in 
flux, the x is mute. It is also mute when it follows a con- 
sonant or several vowels : Bordeaux, choux, Cremieux, Gre- 
oulx, &c. 

CONSONANT Z. 

397. z final in common words is silent, but may be carried 
to the next word beginning with a vowel. 

398. z final in proper names, and in a few words of foreign 
origin, is sounded zuh, after a, i, o, u: Achaz, Alcaniz. 

But z assumes the sound suh (as s in so) after e or any 
consonant : Alvarez, Fritz, Metz, Retz, pronounced Alvares, 
frits, Mes, Hes. However, in Suez and S6ez, z retains its 
proper sound. 

399. z is always silent in riz and nez, even before a vowel. 
It is not sounded in the following words except before a 
vowel : assez, biez, chez, lez, recez, rez, rez-de-chaussee, son- 
nez (subs.). 

z is also silent in the following proper names : Cayz, Duez, 
Dumouriez, Duprez, Forez, Geruzez, Lainez, le Lez, les Natchez, 
Flessis-lez-Tours, Denis-lez-Faris. 

In the terminations of the second person plural of verbs z 
is silent except before a vowel. 

400. z double, in a few words from the Italian language, 
is generally pronounced as single. Some persons, however, 
pronounce the first z as d, the second z, Italian fashion ; a 
pedantic and affected pronunciation, which we do not recom- 
mend. 



CONSONANTS. 



125 



PRACTICE. 



FORTY-FIFTH EXERCISE. Quarante-tinquilme exercice. 



Une razzia, 

tin' ra zee a. 

des lazzi, 

da la zee. 

Velasquez, 

va las kehs. 

Lola Montez, 

lo la mon tehs. 

six amis, 

see za mee. 

[tables. 

trente-six tables, thirty-six 

trant' see tabl'. 
page dix, 

pazh' dees. 



a razzia, 
some lazzi. 
Velasquez. 
Lola Montez. 
six friends. 



tenth page, 
two children, 
two pounds, 
ex-deputy. 



deux enfants, 

deu zan fan. 

deux livres, 

deu leevr'. 

ex-depute, 

ehks da pii ta. 

[mand des Reaux. 
Tallemand des Reaux, Talle- 
tal' man da ra o. 

Meaux, Meaux. 

mo. 

Lecouteulx, Lecouteulx. 
luh koo teu. 



Despreaux, 

da pra o. 

Bruix, 

brti ee. 

Vauxcelles, 

vo ksehl'. 

Alexandre, 

a lehk saii dr\ 

Dombrowski, 

don bros kee. 

"Witikind, 

vee tee kind. 

Waterloo, 

va tenr lo. 

Mourawief, 

moo ra vee ehf. 

Thibault, 

tee bo. 

Perrault, 

peh ro. 

Saint- Genest, 

sin zh* neh. 

Brunehaut, 

brtl nnh o. 

Tilsitt, Judith, 

teel seet, zhti deet. 



Despreaux. 

Bruix. 

Vauxcelles. 

Alexander. 

Dombrowski. 

Witikind. 

Waterloo. 

Mourawief. 

Thibault. 

Perrault. 

Saint-Genest. 

Brunehaut. 

Tilsitt, Judith. 



a, as ; ah, ah, father ; uh, ermine ; e or ', move ; a, late ; eh, met ; 
eh, there ; ee, police ; 6, nor ; o, also ; 6, no ; u, constitution ; 
eu, first ; oo, too ; an, want ; m, Yankee ; on, don't ; un, 
grunt ; weh, "wear ; wah, "water ; g, go ; zh, glazier ; gn, sing- 
ing ; y, yes. 



APPENDIX. 



JOURS 


DE LA SEMAINE. Days of the Week. 


zhoor 


dun la s* melm' . 










[Thursday. 


Dimanche, 


Sunday. 


Mercredi, Jeudi, Wednesday, 


dee mansh\ 




mehr kruh dee, 


zheu dee. 

[urday. 


Lundi, Mardi, Monday, Tuesday. 


Vendredi, Samedi, Friday, Sat- 


luTi dee, mar dee. 


van druh dee, s 


>am' dee. 


SAISONS DE L'ANNEI 


5. Seasons of the Year. 


seh zon 


d' Pa na. 






Le printemps, Spring. 


L'automne, 


Autumn. 


luh prm tan. 




lo ton'. 




L'ete, 


Summer. 


L'hiver, 


Winter. 


la ta. 




lee vehr. 




MOIS 


DE L'ANNEE. 


Months 


of the Year. 


mwah 


d* PS na. 






Janvier, 


January. 


Juillet, 


July. 


zhan vee a. 




zhti ee yeh. 




FeVrier, 


February. 


Aout, 


August. 


fa vree a. 




00. 




Mars, 


March. 


Septembre, 


September. 


marss. 




sehp tanbr'. 




Avril, 


April. 


Octobre, 


October. 


a vreel. 




5k tobr'. 




Mai, 


May. 


Novembre, 


November. 


men. 




n5 vanbr'. 




Juin, 


June. 


Decembre, 


December. 


zhtifn. 




da sanbr'. 




; 


tTOMBRES. 


Numbers. 




non br\ 






Un, une, 


One. 


Trois, 


Three. 


un, tine. 




trwah. 




Deux, 


Two. 


Quatre, 


Four. 


deu. 




katr\ 





128 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



Cinq, 

sink. 

Six, 



Sept, 

sent. 
Huit, 
ti eet. 

Neuf, 

nuhf. 

Dix, 



Onze, 

onz'. 

Douze, 

dooz'. 

Treize, 

trehz'. 

Quatorze, 
ka torz'. 

Quinze, 

kniz'. 

Seize, 

sehz'. 

Dix-sept, 

deess sent. 

Dix-huit, 

dee zu eet. 

Dix-neuf, 

deez nuhf. 

Vingt, 
vin. 

Vingt et un, 
yutl ta un. 

Vingt-deux, 

vint deu. 

Vingt-trois, 

vint trwah. 

Vingt-quatre, 

viiit katr'. 
Vingt-cinq, 

vnit sink. 
Vingt-six, 

vnit sees. 



Five. 

Six. 

Seven. 

Eight. 

Nine. 

Ten. 

Eleven. 

Twelve. 

Thirteen. 

Fourteen. 

Fifteen. 

Sixteen. 

Seventeen. 

Eighteen. 

Nineteen. 

Twenty. 

Twenty-one. 

Twenty-two. 

Twenty-three. 

Twenty-four. 

Twenty-five. 

Twenty- six. 



Vingt-sept, 

vint sent. 

Vingt-huit, 

vint u eet. 

Vingt-neuf, 
vint nuhf. 

Trente, 

trant'. 

Trente et un, 

trail ta un. 

Trente-deux, 

trant' deu. 

Trente-trois, 

trant' trwah. 

Trente-quatre, Thirty-four 
trant' katr'. 

Trente-cinq, 

trant' sink. 
Trente-six, 

trant' seess. 

Trente-sept, 

trant' seht. 

Trente-huit, 

traht' ti eet. 

Trente-neuf, 

trant' nuhf. 

Quarante, 
ka rant'. 

Quarante et un, Forty-one 
ka ran t'a un. 

Quarante-deux, 

ka rant' deu. 

Quarante-trois, 

ka rant' trwah. 

Quarante-quatre, 
ka rant' ka tr'. 
Quarante- cinq, 

ka rant' sink. 

Quarante-six, 

ka rant' seess. 
Quar ante-sept, 

ka raiit' seht. 
Quarante-huit, 

ka rant' u eet. 



Twenty-seven. 

Twenty-eight. 

Twenty-nine. 

Thirty. 

Thirty-one. 

Thirty-two. 

Thirty-three. 



Thirty-five. 

Thirty-six. 

Thirty-seven. 

Thirty-eight. 

Thirty-nine. 

Forty. 



Forty-two. 

Forty-three. 

Forty-four. 

Forty-five. 

Forty-six. 
Forty-seven. 
Forty-eight. 



APPENDIX. 



129 



Quarante-neuf, Forty-nine, 

ka rant' nulif. 

Cinquante, Fifty. 

sin kaht'. 
Cinquante et un, Fifty-one. 

sin kaTit' a un. 
Cinquante-deux, Fifty-two. 

sm kant' deu. 
Cinquante-trois, Fifty- three. 

sin kant' trwah. 
Cinquante-quatre, Fifty-four. 

sm kant' katr\ 
Cinquante-cinq, Fifty-five. 

sin. kaiit' sink. 
Cinquante-six, Fifty-six. 

sin kaiit' seess. 
Cinquante-sept, Fifty-seven. 

sin kaiit' seht. 
Cinquante-huit, Fifty-eight. 

sin kant' ti eet. 
Cinquante-neuf, Fifty-nine. 

sin. kaiit' nuhf. 

Soixante, Sixty, 

sweh saiit'. 

Soixante et un, Sixty-one. 
sweh sant' a un. 

Soixante-deux, Sixty- two. 
sweh sant' deu. 

Soixante-trois, Sixty-three, 

sweh sant' trwah. 

Soixante-quatre, Sixty-four, 
sweh sant' katr\ 

Soixante-cinq, Sixty-five, 

sweh sant' sink. 

Soixante-six, Sixty-six. 

sweh sant' seess. 

Soixante-sept, Sixty-seven, 
sweh sant' seht. 

Soixante-huit, Sixty-eight, 
sweh saht' tl eet. 

Soixante-neuf, Sixty-nine, 
sweh sant' nuhf. 



Soixante-dix, Seventy. 

sweh sant' deess. 

Soixante et onze, Seventy-one. 
sweh saiit' a ohz'. 

Soixante-douze, Seventy-two. 

sweh sant' dooz'. 

Soixante-treize, Seventy-three, 
sweh saiit' trehz'. [four. 

Soixante-quatorze, Seventy- 
sweh saiit' ka torz'. 

Soixante-quinze, Seventy-five. 
sweh sant' kihz'. 

Soixante-seize, Seventy-six. 
sweh saiit' sehz'. [seven. 

Soixante-dix-sept, Seventy- 

sweh sant' deess seht. [ei^ht. 

Soixante- dix-huit, Seventy- 
sweh sant' dee zti eet. [nine. 

Soixante- dix-neuf, Seventy- 
sweh sant' deez nuhf. 

Quatre-vingt, Eighty, 

katr' vin. 

Quatre- vingt-un, Eighty-one. 
katr' vin un. 

Quatre-vingt-deux, Eighty-two. 
katr' vin deu. 

Quatre-vingt-trois, eighty-three. 

katr' vin trwah. [four. 

Quatre-vingt-quatre, Eighty- 

katr' vin katr'. 

Quatre-vingt-cinq, Eighty-five, 
katr' vih sink. 

Quatre -vingt-six, Eighty-six. 
katr' vin. seess. 

Quatre-vingt-sept, eighty-seven. 

katr' vin. seht. 

Quatre-vingt-huit, Eighty-eight. 

katr' vih ti eet. 
Quatre-vingt-neuf, Eighty-nine. 

katr' vih nuhf. 

Quatre-vingt-dix, Ninety. 



katr' 



vm deess. 



130 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



Quatre-vingt-onze, Ninety-one. 
katr* vin onz*. 

[two. 

Quatre-vingt-douze, Ninety- 
katr' viii dooz'. 

[three. 

Quatre-vingt-treize, Ninety- 
katr* vin trehz'. 

[four. 

Quatre-vingt-quatorze, Ninety- 
katr' vm ka torz\ 

[five. 

Quatre-vingt-quinze, Ninety- 
katr' viii kmz'. 



Quatre-vingt-seize, Ninety-six. 

katr' viii sehz'. [seven- 

Quatre-vingt-dix-sept, Ninety, 
katr' vm deess sent. 

[eight. 
Quatre-vingt-dix-huit, Ninety- 
katr' viii dee zti eet. 

[nine. 
Quatre-vingt-dix-neuf, Ninety- 
katr' vin deez nuhf. 

[dred, One hundred and one, &c. 
Cent, Cent un, &c., One hun- 



CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY VERB 
AVOIR, to have. 



a vwehr. 



Infinitif Present, 


Avoir. 


Passe, Avoir eu. 


m fee nee teef pra zan, 


a vwehr. 


pah sa. a vwehr ti. 


Participe Present, 


Ayant. 


Passe, Eu, eue, eus, eues. 


par tee seep' pra zan, 


eh yan. 


pahsa. ti, ti, ti, ti, 


Compose, 


Ayant eu. 




koii po za, 


eh yan tti. 


* 




INDICATIF. 




in. dee ka teef. 


Temps simples. Temps composes. 


tan sin 


pl\ tan kon po za. 


Present 




Passe indefini. 


pra zan. 




pah sa m da fee nee. 


J'ai. 




J'ai eu. 


zha. 




zha u. 


tu as. 




tu as eu. 


ta a. 




tti a zti. 


il a. 




il a eu. 


eel a. 




eel a ti. 


nous avons. 




nous avons eu. 


noo za von. 




noo za von zti. 


vous avez. 




vous avez eu. 


voo za va. 




voo za va zti. 


ils ont. 




ils ont eu. 


eel zoii. 




eel zoii tti. 



APPENDIX. 


Imparfait. 


Plus -que-parf ait. 


in par fell. 


pluss kuh par feh. 


J'avais. 


JTavais eu. 


zha veh. 


zha, veh zti. 


tu avais. 


tu avais eu 


ta a veh. 


tti a veh zu. 


il avait. 


il avait eu. 


eel a veh. 


eel a veh til. 


nous avions. 


nous avions eu. 


noo za vee on. 


noo za vee on zti. 


vous aviez. 


vous aviez eu. 


voo za vee a. 


voo za vee a zu. 


ils avaieut. 


ils avaient eu. 


eel za veh. 


eel za veh tti. 


Passe d'efini. 


Passe antmeur. 


pah sa da fee nee. 


pah sa an ta ree uhr. 


J'eus. 


J'eus eu. 


zhu. 


zhti zti. 


tu eus. 


tu eus eu. 


tu ti. 


tti ii zti. 


il eut. 


il eut eu. 


eel ii. 


eel ti tti. 


nous eumes. 


nous eumes eu. 


noo zum\ 


noo zum' zti. 


vous eutes. 


vous eutes eu. 


voo zat\ 


voo ztit' zti. 


ils eurent. 


ils eurent eu. 


eel ziir'. 


eel ztir' tti. 


Futitr simple. 


Futur anterieur. 


fa tur sin pl\ 


fa tur an ta ree uhr. 


J'aurai. 


J'aurai eu. 


zho ra. 


zho ra a. 


tu auras. 


tu auras eu. 


tu o ra. 


ta 5 ra za. 


il aura. 


il aura eu. 


eel 5 ra. 


eel 5 ra a. 


nous aurons. 


nous aurons eu. 


noo z5 ron. 


noo zo ron za. 


vous aurez. 


vous aurez eu. 


voo z5 ra. 


voo z5 ra za. 


ils auront 


ils auront eu. 


eel z5 ron. 


1 eel z5 ron ta. 



131 



132 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



COISTDITIONKEL. 

kon dee see 5 nehl. 



Present. 
pra zan. 

J'aurais. 

zh5 reh. 

tu aurais. 
tu 5 reh. 

il aurait. 

eel 5 reh. 

nous aurions. 

noo z5 ree on. 
vous auriez. 

voo z5 ree a. 
lis auraient. 
eel z5 reh. 



PassL 

pah sa. 

J'aurais eu. 

zh5 reh zti. 

tu aurais eu. 
tu 5 reh zti. 

il aurait eu. 

eel 5 reh tu. 

nous aurions eu. 

noo z5 ree oh zu. 

vous auriez eu. 

voo z5 ree a zti. 

ils auraient eu. 

eel z5 reh tu. 



BIPERATIF. 

in pa ra teef 



Aie. 




ayez, 


a. 




ehya. 


qu'il ait. 




qu'ils aient. 


keel eh. 




keel zeh. 


ayons. 






eh yon. 






* 


SUBJONCTIF. 




sub zhonk teef. 


Present. 




PassL 


pra zan. 




pah sa. 


Que j'aie. 




Que j'aie eu. 


kuh zha. 




kuh zha tt. 


que tu aies. 




que tu aies eu. 


kuh tu eh. 




kuh ttl eh zti. 


qu'il ait. 




qu'il ait eu. 


keel eh. 




keel eh ttl. 



que nous ayons. 

kuh noo zeh yon. 

que vous ayez. 

kuh voo zeh ya. 

qu'ils aient. 

keel zeh. 



que nous ayons eu. 

kuh noo eh yon zti. 
que vous ayez eu. 

kuh voo zeh ya zti. 

qu'ils aient eu. 

keel zeh ttl. 



APPENDIX. 



133 



lmparfait. 
in par feh. 

Que j'eusse. 

kuh zhuss\ 

que tu eusses. 

huh tu uss'. 

qu'il eut 

keel ti. 

que nous eussions. 

kuh noo zu see on. 

que vous eussiez. 

kuh voo zii see a. 

qu'ils eussent. 

keel zuss\ 



Plus-que-parfait . 
pluss kuh par feh. 

Que j'eusse eu. 
huh zhtlss ti. 

que tu eusses eu. 
kuh tu ttss' ztL 

qu'il exit eu. 

keel ti tu. 

que nous eussions eu. 

kuh noo zu see on zu. 

que vous eussiez eu. 
kuh voo zu see a ztl. 

qu'ils eussent eu. 

keel ztlS3 tu. 



CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY VERB 







ETRE, to be. 






ehtr\ 


Infinitif Present, 


A 

Etre. 




Passe, Avoir et6. 




etr'. 




a vwher a ta. 


Parttcipe Present, 


Etant 




Passe, Ete. 




a tali. 




ata. 


Compose*, 


Ayant 6t6. 






eh yan 


ta ta. 
ESTDICATTF. 


Present. 




Passe indefini. 


Je suis. 






J'ai ete. 


zhuh su ee. 






zha a ta. 


tu es. 






tu as ete. 


tu eh. 






tu a za ta. 


il est. 






il a ete. 


eel eh. 






eel a a ta. 


nous sommes. 




nous avons et6. 


noo s5m 


'. 




noo za vofi za ta. 


vous etes. 






vous avez ete\ 


voo zeht\ 






voo za va za ta. 


ils sont. 






ils ont ete. 


eel sou. 






eel zdn fo* ta. 



134 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



Imparfait. 



J'etais. 

zha teh. 

tu etais. 
ttt a teh. 

il etait. 

eel a teh. 

nous etions. 

noo za tee oil. 

vous etiez. 

voo za tee a. 

ils etaient. 

eel za teh. 



Plus-que-parfait. 

J'avais ete. 

zha veh za ta. 

tu avais ete. 

tu a veh za ta. 

il avait ete. 

eel a veh ta ta. 

nous avions ete. 

noo za vee on za ta. 

vous aviez ete. 

voo za vee a za ta. 

ils avaient ete. 

eel za veh ta ta. 



Passe d'efini. 



Je fus. 

zhuhfu. 
tu fus. 

tu fti. 

ilfut. 

eel fa. 

nous fumes. 

noo fum\ 

vous futes. 
voo fat*. 
ils furent. 

eel far'. 



Passe anterieur. 

J'eus ete. 

zhu za ta. 

tu eus ete. 

tu tL za ta. 

il eut ete. 

eel ti ta ta. 

nous eumes ete. 

noo um' za ta. 

vous eutes ete. 
voo ztlt' za ta. 
ils eurent ete. 
eel zur' ta ta. 



Futur simple. 

Je serai. 

zhuh s' ra. 

tu seras. 

tti S' ra. 

il sera. 

eel s' ra. 

nous serons. 

noo s' ron. 

vous serez. 

voo s' ra. 

ils seront. 

eel s' ron. 



Futur anterieur. 

J'aurai ete. 

zh5 ra a ta. 
tu auras ete. 
tu Q ra za ta. 

il aura ete, 

5 ra a ta. 

nous aurons ete. 

noo z5 ron za ta. 

vous aurez ete. 

voo z5 ra za ta. 

ils auront ete. 

eel z<5 ron ta ta. 



APPENDIX. 



135 



CONDITTONNEL. 



Prksent. 



Je serais. 


JHaurais ete. 


zhuh s' reh. 


zh5 reh za ta. 


tu serais. 


tu aurais ete\ 


tu s' reh. 


tH 5 reh za ta. 


il serait. 


il aurait ete. 


eel s' reh. 


eel 5 reh ta ta. 


nous serions. 


nous aurions ete 


noo suh ree on. 


noo z5 ree on za ta. 


vous seriez. 


vous auriez ete. 


voo suh ree a. 


voo zo ree a za ta. 


ils seraient. 


ils auraient ete. 


eel s' reh. 


eel zo reh ta ta. 


IMPEI 


IATIF. 


Sois. 


soyez. 


sweh. 


sweh ya. 


qu'il soit. 


qu'ils soient. 


keel sweh. 


keel sweh. 


soyons. 




sweh yon. 





Passe. 



SUBJONCTIF. 



Present. 

Que je sois. 

kuh zhuh sweh. 

que tu sois. 

kuh tu sweh. 

qu'il soit. 

keel sweh. 

que nous soyons. 

kuh noo sweh yon. 

que vous soyez. 

kuh voo sweh ya. 

qu'ils soient. 

keel sweh. 



Que j'aie 6t6. 

kuh zha a ta. 

que tu aies ete. 

kuh tu eh za ta. 
qu'il ait ete. 
keel eh ta ta. 

que nous ayons ete. 

kuh noo zeh yon za ta. 

que vous ayez ete. 

kuh voo zeh ya za ta. 

qu'ils aient ete. 

keel zeh ta ta. 



136 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



Imparfait. 
Que je fusse. 

kuh zhuh ftiss'. 

que tu fusses, 
kuh tti fuss'. 

qu'il fut. 

keel fu. 

que nous fussions. 

kuh noo fusee on. 

que vous fussiez. 

kuh voo fu see a. 

qu'ils fussent. 

keel fuss'. 



Plus-qw-parfait. 

Que j'eusse ete\ 

kuh zhtiss a ta. 

que tu eusses ete. 

kuh tu tiss zata. 

qu'il exit ete. 

keel ti ta ta. 

que nous eussions ete. 

kuh noo zti see oh za ta. 
que vous eussiez ete. 

kuh voo zti see a za ta. 

qu'ils eussent ete. 

keel zuss ta ta. 



FIRST CONJUGATION, VERB TRAVAILLER, 

tra va ya. 



Injinitif Present, Travailler. 
tra va ya. 

Participe Present, Travaillant. 
tra va yah. 

Compose , Ay ant travaille. 

ehyan tra va ya. 



to work. 

Passe, 
Passe, 



Avoir travaille. 

avwehr tra va ya. 

Travaille. 

tra va ya. 



INDICATIF. 



Present 

Je travaille. 

zh' tra vay\ 

tu travailles. 

tti tra vay\ 

il travaille. 

eel tra vay'. 

nous travaillons. 

noo tra va yon. 

vous travaillez. 

voo tra va ya. 

ils travaillent. 

eel tra vay*. 



Passe indefini. 

J'ai travaille. 

zha tra va ya. 

tu as travaille. 

tti a tra va ya. 

il a travaille. 

eel a tra va ya. 

nous avons travaille. 

noo za von tra va ya. 

vous avez travaille. 

voo za va tra va ya. 

ils ont travaille. 

eel zoh tra va ya. 



APPENDIX. 



137 



Imparfait. 



Je travaillais. 

zh' tra va, yeh. 
tu travaillais. 

tti tra va feh. 

il travaillait. 
eel tra va yeh. 

nous travaillions. 

noo tra va fee on. 

vous travailliez. 

voo tra va, yee a. 

ils travaillaient. 
eel tra va yeh. 



Plus-qw-parfait. 

Xavais travaille\ 

zha veh tra va fa. 

tu avais travaille^ 

tti a veh tra va ya. 

il avait travaille\ 
eel a veh tra va ya. 

nous avions travaille. 
noo za vee on tra va ya. 

vous aviez travaille. 
voo za vee a tra va ya. 

ils avaient travaille. 

eel za veh tra va ya. 



Passe dejini. 



Je travaillai. 

zh' tra va fa. 

tu travaillas. 
til tra va ya. 

il travailla. 
eel tra va ya. 

nous travaillames. 

noo tra va yam'. 

vous travaillates. 

voo tra va yatf. 

ils travaillerent. 

eel tra va yehr. 



Passe anterieur. 

J'eus travaille. 
zhu tra v& ya. 

tu eus travaille. 
tti ti tr3, va ya. 

il eut travaille. 
eel ti tra va ya. 

nous eumes travaille\ 
noo zum' tra va ya. 

vous eutes travaille 
voo ztit' tra va ya. 

ils eurent travaille. 
eel ztir' tra va fa. 



Fidur simple. 

Je travaillerai. 

zh' tra, vay' ra. 

tu travailleras. 

tti tra- vay' ra. 

il travaillera. 

eel tra vay' ra. 

nous travaillerons. 
noo tra vay' ron. 

vous travaillerez. 

voo tra vay' ra. 

ils travailleront. 

eel tra vay' rrm. 



Futur anterieur. 

J'aurai travaille. 
zho ra tra va ya. 

tu auras travaille\ 

ttl 5 ra, tra va ya. 

il aura travaille. 
eel 5 ra tra, va, ya. 

nous aurons travaille. 
noo z5 rorl tra va ya. 

vous aurez travaille. 

voo z5 ra tra va ya. 
ils auront travaille. 

eel zo roii tra va ya. 



138 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



CONDITIONAL. 



Present. 



Je travaillerais. 

zh' tra vay' reh. 
tu travaillerais. 
tu tra vay' reh. 

il travaillerait. 

eel tra vay' reh. 

nous travaillerions. 

noo tra va yuh ree on. 

vous travailleriez. 

voo tra va yuh ree a. 

ils travailleraient. 

eel tra vay' reh. 



Passe. 



J'aurais travaille. 

zh5 reh tra va ya. 

tu aurais travaille. 

tu o reh tra va ya. 

il aurait travaille. 
eel o reh tra va ya. 

nous aurions travaille. 

noo z5 ree on. tra va ya. 

vous auriez travaille. 

voo z5 ree a tra va ya. 

ils auraient travaille. 

eel zo reh tra va ya. 



IMPERATIF. 



Travaille. 

tra vay'. 

qu'il travaille. 

keel tra vay'. 

travaillons. 

tra va yon. 



travaillez. 

tra va ya. 

qu'ils travaillent. 

keel tra vay'. 



SUBJONCTIF. 



Present. 



Que je travaille. 

kuh zh' tra vay'. 

que tu travailles. 

kuh tu tra vay'. 

qu'il travaille. 

keel tra vay'. 

que nous travaillions. 

kuh noo tra va yee on. 

que vous travailliez. 

kuh voo tra va yee a. 

qu'ils travaillent. 

keel tra vay'. 



Passe'. 



Que j'aie travaille\ 

kuh zha tra va ya. 

que tu aies travaille. 

kuh tu eh tra va ya. 

qu'il ait travaille. 

keel eh tra va ya. 

que nous ayons travaille. 

kuh noo zeh yon tra va ya. 

que vous ayez travaille. 

kuh voo zeh ya tra va ya. 

qu'ils aient travaille. 

keel zeh tra va ya. 



APPENDIX. 



139 



Imparfait. 

Que je travaillasse. 

kuh zh' tra va yass'. 
que tu travaillasses. 

kuh tu tra va yass'. 

qu'il travaillat. 

keel tra va ya. 

que nous travaillassions. 

kuh noo tra va ya see oh. 

que vous travaillassiez. 

kuh voo tra va ya see a. 

qu'ils travaillassent. 

keel tra va. yass'. 



Plus-que-parfait. 

Que j'eusse travaille. 

kuh zhiiss' tra va ya. 

que tu eusses travaille . 

kuh tu uss' tra va ya. 

qu'il eut travaille. 

keel u. tra va ya. 

que nous eussions travaille^ 

kuh noo ztl see on tra va ya. 

que vous eussiez travaille. 

kuh voo zu see a tra va ya. 

qu'ils eussent travaille. 

keel zuss' tra va ya. 



REGULAR VERBS, — EMPLOYER, to employ, and 

an plweh ya. 

ESSAYER, to- try. 

a seh ya. 



Injinitif Present, 


Employer. 

an plweh ya. 


Essayer. 

a seh ya. 


Participe Present, 


Employant. Essayant. 

ah plweh yah. a seh yah. 


Passt, 


Employe. 

ah plweh ya. 

INDICATIF. 

Present. 


Ess aye. 

a seh ya. 


Temploie. 

zhah plweh. 






J'essaie. 

zha sa. 


tu emploies. 

tu an plweh. 






tu essaies. 

tti a seh. 


il emploie. 

eel an plweh. 






il essaie. 

eel a sa. 


nous employons. 

noo zan plweh ^oii. 






nous essay ons. 
noo za seh yon. 


vous employ ez. 

voo zan plweh ya. 






vous essayez. 

voo za seh ya. 


ils emploient. 

eel zan plweh. 






ils essaient. 
eel za seh. 



140 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



Imparfait. 



J'employais. 

zhaii plweh yeh. 

tu employ ais. 

tQ. an plweh yeh. 

il eniployait. 

eel an plweh yeh. 

nous employions. 

noo zan plweh yee on. 

vous employ iez. 
voo zan plweh yee a. 

ils employaient. 

eel zan plweh yeh. 



J'essayais. 

zha seh yeh. 

tu essay ais. 

tu a seh yeh. 

il essayait. 
eel a seh yeh. 

nous essayions. 

noo za seh yee on. 

vous essayiez. 

voo za seh yee a. 

ils essayaient. 
eelza seh yeh. 



Passe defini. 



Xemployai. 

zhaii plweh ya. 

tu employ as. 

tu an plweh ya. 

il employ a. 

eel an plweh ya. 

nous employames. 
noo zah plweh yam'. 

vous employ ates. 

voo zan plweh yat\ 

ils employerent. 

eel zan plweh yehr. . 



J'essayai. 

zha sehya. 

tu essay as. 

ttl a seh ya. 

il essay a. 

eel a seh ya, 

nous essayames. 

noo za seh yam'. 

vous essay ates. 

voo za seh yat'. 

ils essayerent. 

eelza seh yehr. 



Futur simple. 



J'emploierai. 

zhan plweh ra. 

tu emploieras. 

tu an plweh ra. 

il emploiera. 

eel an plweh ra. 

nous emploierons. 

noo zan plweh ron. 

vous emploierez. 

voo zaTi plweh ra. 

ils emploieront. 

eel zan plweh ron. 



J'essaierai. 

zha seh ra. 

tu essaieras. 

ttl a seh ra. 

il essaiera. 

eel a seh ra. 

nous essaierona. 

noo za seh ron. 

vous essaierez. 

voo za seh ra. 

ils essaieront. 

eel za seh rdn. 



APPENDIX. 



141 



CONDITIONNEL. 




Present. 


J'emploierais. 




J'essaierais. 


zhah plweh reh. 




zha seh reh. 


tu emploierais. 




tu essaierais. 


tu an plweh reh. 




tu a seh reh. 


il emploierait. 




il essaierait. 


eel an plweh reh. 




eel a seh reh. 


nous emploierions 




nous essaierions. 


noo zan plweh ree on. 




noo za seh ree on. 


vous emploieriez. 




vous essaieriez. 


voo zah plweh ree a. 




voo za seh ree a. 


Us emploieraient. 




ils essaieraient. 


eel zan plweh reh. 




eel za seh reh. 




IMPERATIF. 


Emploie. 




Essaie. 


an plweh. 




a sa. 


qu'il emploie. 




qu'il essaie. 


keel an plweh. 




keel a sa. 


employ ons. 




essay ons. 


an plweh yofi. 




a seh yon. 


employez. 




essay ez. 


an plweh ya. 




a seh ya. 


qu'ils emploient. 




qu'ils essaient. 


keel zan plweh. 




keel za seh. 



SUBJONCTIF. 



Prdsent. 



Que j'emploie. 

kuh zhan plweh. 
que tu emploies. 

knh tii an plweh. 

qu'il emploie. 

keel an plweh. 

que nous employions. 

kuh noo zan plweh yee on. 

que vous employiez. 

kuh too zan plweh ya. 

qu'ils emploient. 

keel zan plweh. 



Que j 'essaie. 

kuh zha sa. 

que tu essaies. 

kuh tu a seh. 

qu'il essaie. 

keel a sa. 

que nous essay ions. 

kuh noo za seh yee on. 

que vous essay iez. 
kuh voo za seh yee a. 
qu'ils essaient. 
keel za seh. 



142 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



Imparfait. 
Que j 'employ asse. 

kuli zhah plweh yass\ 
que tu employ asses. 

kuh til an plweh yass'. 

qu'il employ at. 

keel an plweh ya. 

que nous employ assions. 

kuh noo zan plweh ya see on. 

que vous employassiez. 

kuh voo zan plweh ya see a. 

qu'ils employassent. 

keel zan plweh yass'. 



Que j'essayasse. 

kuh zha seh yass'. 

que tu essayasses. 

kuh tu a seh yass'. 

qu'il ess ay at. 

keel a seh ya. 

que nous essay assions. 

kuh noo za seh ya see oh. 

que vous essayassiez. 

kuh voo za seh ya see a. 

qu'ils essay assent. 

keel za seh yass'. 



REGULAR VERBS, 

ARGUEB, to argue. 



ETUDIEB, to study, and 

a tu dee a. 



gti a. 



Infinitif Present, 


Etudier. 

a tii dee a. 


Arguer. 

S,r gii a. 


Participe Present, 


Etudiant. 

a tii dee an. 


Arguant 

ar gii an. 


Passe, 


Etudie. 
a tii dee a. 

INDICATIF. 

Present. 


Argue\ 

ar gtia. 


J'etudie. 

zha tu dee. 






J'argue. 

zhar gii. 


tu etudies. 

tii a tu dee. 






tu argues. 

tu ar gtt. 


il etudie. 

eel a tii dee. 






il argue. 

eel ar gii. 


nous etudions. 

noo za tii dee on. 






nous arguons. 

noo zar gti on. 


vous etudiez. 

voo za tii dee a. 






vous arguez. 

voo zar gii a 


ils etudient. 

eel za tii dee. 






ils arguent. 

eel zar gti. 



APPENDIX. 



143 



Imparfait. 



J'etudiais. 

zha til dee eh. 
tu etudiais. 
til a tti dee eh. 
il 6tudiais. 

eel a tu dee eh. 

nous etudiions. 

noo za tti dee yon. 
vous etudiiez. 
voo za tti dee ya. 

ils etudiaient. 

eel za tti dee eh. 



JParguais. 

zhar gti eh. 

tu arguais. 

tti ar gti eh. 

il arguait 

eel ar gti eh. 

nous arguions. 

noo zar gti yon. 

vous argufez. 

voo zar gti ya. 

ils arguaient. 

eel zar gti eh. 



Passe defini. 



J'etudiai. 

zha tti dee a. 

tu etudias. 

tti a ta dee a. 

il etudia. 

eel a tti dee a. 

nous 6tudiames. 

noo za tti dee am*. 

vous 6tudiates. 

voo za tti dee at\ 
ils etudierent. 

eel za tti dee ehr\ 



J'arguai. 

zhar gti a. 

tu arguas. 

tti ar gti a. 

il argua. 

eel ar gti a. 

nous arguames. 

noo zar gQ. am'. 

vous arguates. 

voo zar gti at\ 

ils arguerent. 

eel zar gti ehr\ 



Futur simple. 



J'etudierai. 

zha tti dee ra. 

tu §tudieras. 

tti a tti dee ra. 

il ^tudiera. 

eel a tti dee ra. 

nous fctudierons. 

noo za tti dee ron. 

vous §tudierez. 

voo za tti dee ra. 

ils §tudieront. 

eel za tti dee ron. 



J'arguerai. 

zhar gti ra. 

tu argueras. 
tti ar gti ra. 

il arguera. 

eel ar gti ra. 

nous arguerons. 

noo zar gti ron. 

vous arguerez. 

voo zar gti ra. 

ils argueront. 

eel zar gti ron. 



144 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



CONDITIONNEL. 



Present. 



J'etudierais. 

zhatiidee reh. 

tu etudierais. 

tu a til dee reh. 

il etudierait. 

eel a til dee reh. 

nous etudierions. 

noo za tu dee ree on. 

vous etudieriez. 
voo za tu dee ree a. 

ils etudieraient. 

eel za tu dee reh. 



J'arguerais. 

zhar gu reh. 

tu arguerais. 
tu ar gu reh. 

il arguerait. 

eel ar gu reh. 

nous arguerions. 

noo zar gtl ree on. 

vous argueriez. 

voo zar gti ree a. 

ils argueraient. 

eel zar gti reh. 



IMPERATIF. 



Etudie. 

a tii dee. 

qu'il §tudie. 

keel a tu dee. 

6tudions. 

a tu dee on. 

^tudiez. 

a tu dee a. 

qu'ils 6tudient. 

keel za tu dee. 



Argue. 

ar gu. 

qu'il argue. 

keel ar gti. 

arguons. 

argii on. 

arguez. 
argil a. 

qu'ils arguent. 

keel zar gu. 



SUBJONCTIF. 

Present. 



Que j 'etudie. 

kuh zha tii dee. 

que tu etudies. 

kuh til a til dee. 

qu'il etudie. 

keel a til dee. 

que nous etudiions. 

kuh noo za tii dee yon. 

que vous etudiiez. 

kuh voo za tii dee ya. 

qu'ils etudient. 

keelza tu dee. 



Que j 'argue. 

kuh zhar gtl. 

que tu argues, 
kuh tii ar gti. 

qu'il argue. 

keel ar gti. 

que nous arguions. 

kuh noo zar gtl yon. 

que vous arguiez. 
kuh voo zar gti ya. 

qu'ils arguent. 

keel zar gti. 



APPENDIX. 



145 



Imparfait. 



Que j'etudiasse. 

kuh zha til dee ass'. 

que tu etudiasses. 

kuh til a ttt dee ass'. 
qu'il etudiat. 
keel a tu dee a. 

que nous etudiassions. 

kuh noo za tu dee a see on. 

que vous etudiassiez. 

kuh voo za tu dee a see a. 

qu'ils etudiassent. 

keel za tu dee ass'. 



Que j'arguasse. 

kuh zhar gtl ass*. 

que tu arguasses. 

kuh til ar gu ass'. 

qu'il arguat. 

keel ar gu a. 

que nous arguassions. 

kuh noo zar gu a see oh. 

que vous arguassiez. 

kuh voo zar gu a see a. 

qu'ils arguassent. 

keel zar gtl ass'. 



REGULAR VERBS, — SUBSTITUTE, to substitute, 

subs tee tu a. 

and JOTTER, to play. 

zhoo a. 



Infinitif Present, 


Substituer. 

stibs tee tu a. 


Jouer. 

zhoo a. 


Participe Present, 


Substituant. 

stibs tee tu an. 


Jouant 
zhoo an. 


Passe, 


Substitue. 

stibs teettl a. 

INDICATIF. 
Present. 


Joue. 

zhoo a. 


Je substitue. 

zhuh subs tee tu. 




Je joue. 

zhuh zhoo. 




tu substitues. 

tu subs tee tu. 




tu joues. 

ttl zhoo. 




il substitue. 

eel subs teettl. 




ils joue. 

eel zhoo. 




nous substituons. 

noo subs tee tu on. 




nous jouons. 

noo zhoo on. 


vous substituez. 

voo siibs tee ttt a. 




vous jouez 

voo zhoo a. 


• 


ils substituent. 

eel subs tee tu. 




ils jouent. 

eel zhoo. 





10 



146 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



Imparfait. 



Je substituais. 

zhuh subs tee tti eh. 
tu substituais. 
tu subs tee tu eh. 
il substituait. 

eel subs tee tti eh. 

nous substitutions. 

noo subs tee tu yon. 

vous substituTez. 

voo subs tee tu ya. 

ils substituaient. 

eel subs tee tU eh. 



Je jouais. 

zhuh zhoo eh, 

tu jouais. 

tu zhoo eh. 

il jouait. 

eel zhoo eh. 

nous jouions. 

noo zhoo yon. 

vous jouiez. 

voo zhoo ya. 

ils jouaient. 

eel zhoo eh. 



Passe defini. 



Je substituai. 

zhuh subs tee tti a. 

tu substituas. 

tti stibs tee tti a. 
il substitua. 

eel stibs tee tti a. 

nous substituames. 

noo subs tee tu am'. 

vous substitutes. 

voo subs tee tti at\ 

ils substituerent. 

eel stibs tee tti ehr. 



Je jouai. 

zhuh zhoo a. 

tu jouas. 

tu zhoo a. 
il joua. 

eel zhoo a. 

nous jouames. 

noo zhoo am'. 

vous jouates. 

voo zhoo at'. 

ils jouerent. 

eel zhoo ehr. 



Futur simple. 



Je substituerai. 

zhuh stibs tee tti ra. 

tu substitueras. 

tti stibs tee tti ra. 

il substituera. 

eel stibs tee tti ra. 

nous substituerons. 

noo stibs tee tti ron. 
vous substituerez. 

voo subs tee tti ra. 
ils substitueront. 

eel stibs tee tti ron. 



Je jouerai. 

zhuh zhoo ra. 
tu joueras. 
tti zhoo ra. 
il jouera. 

eel zhoo ra. 

nous jouerons. 

noo zhoo ron. 

vous jouerez. 

voo zhoo ra. 

ils joueront. 

eel zhoo roil. 



APPENDIX. 



147 



CONDITIONNEL. 



Present. 



Je substituerais. 

zhuh subs tee tu reh. 
tu substituerais. 
tti subs tee tu reh. 
il subs tituer ait. 
eel siibs tee tti reh. 
nous substituerions. 
noo stibs tee tti ree on. 
vous substitueriez. 
voo subs tee tti ree a. 

ils substitueraient. 

eel subs tee tti reh. 



Je jouerais. 

zhuh zhoo reh. 

tu jouerais. 

tu zhoo reh. 

il jouerait. 

eel zhoo reh. 

nous jouerions. 

noo zhoo ree oh. 

vous joueriez. 

voo zhoo ree a. 

ils joueraient. 

eel zhoo reh. 



IMPERATIF. 



Substitue. 

subs tee tti. 

qu'il substitue. 

keel stibs tee tti. 

substituons. 

stibs tee tti on. 

substituez. 

subs tee tti a. 

qu'ils substituent. 

keel subs tee tti. 



Joue. 

zhoo. 

qu'il joue. 

keel zhoo. 
jouons. 
zhoo on. 

jouez. 

zhoo a. 

qu'ils jouent. 

keel zhoo. 



SUBJONCTIF. 
Present. 



Que je substitue. 

kuh zhuh stibs tee tti. 

que tu substitues. 

kuh tti subs tee tu. 

qu'il substitue. 

keel stibs tee tti. 

que nous substituions. 

kuh noo stibs tee tti yon. 

que vous substituiez. 

kuh voo stibs tee tti ya. 

qu'ils substituent. 

keel subs tee tu. 



Que je joue. 

kuh zhuh zhoo. 
que tu joues. 
kuh tti zhoo. 
qu'il joue. 

keel zhoo. 

que nous jouibns. 

kuh noo zhoo yon. 

que vous joui'ez. 

kuh voo zhoo ya. 

qu'ils jouent. 

keel zhoo. 



148 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



Imparfait. 

Que je substituasse. 

kuh zhuh siibs tee tu ass'. 

que tu substituasses. 

kuh ttl subs tee ttl ass'. 

qu'il substituat. 

keel siibs tee ttl a. 

que nous substituassions. 

kuh noo subs tee tu a see on. 

que vous substituassiez. 

kuh voo subs tee ttl a see a. 

qu'ils substituassent. 

keel subs tee ttl ass'. 



Que je jouasse. 

kuh zhuh zhoo ass'. 

que tu jouasses. 

kuh tu zhoo ass'. 

qu'il jouat. 

keel zhoo a. 

que nous jouassions. 

kuh noo zhoo a, see on. 

que vous jouassiez. 

kuh voo zhoo a see a. 

qu'ils jouassent. 

keel zhoo ass\ 



REFLECTIVE VERB SffiT ALLEE, to go away. 

san na la. 



Infinitif Present, S'en aller. 
san na la. 


Passe, 


S'en itre alle 
san nehtr' a la. 


Participe Present, S'en allant. 

san na lah. 


Passe, 


Alle. 
a la. 


Compose, S'en etant alle. 

san na tali ta la. 







INDICATIF. 
Temps simples. Temps composes. 



Present. 

Je m'en vais. 

zh' man veh. 

tu t'en vas. 
tti tali va. 

il s'en va. 

eel san va. 

nous nous en allons. 

noo noo zah na Ion. 

vous vous en allez. 

voo voo zan na la. 

ils s'en vont. 

eel san von. 



Passe indefini. 

Je m'en suis alle. 
zh* man su ee za la. 

tu t'en es alle. 

tti tan neh za la. 

il s'en est alle. 

eel sali neh ta la. 

nous nous en sommes alles. 

noo noo zan som' za la. 
vous vous en §tes alles. 

voo voo zaii neht za la. 
ils s'en sont alles. 
eel san son ta la. 



APPENDIX. 



149 



Imparfait. 



Je m'en allais. 
zh' man na leh. 

tu ten allais. 
ttt tan na leh. 

il s'en allait. 

eel sah na leh. 

nous nous en allions. 

noo noo zah na lee on. 

vous vous en alliez. 
voo voo zah na lee a. 

ils s'en allaient. 

eel san na leh. 



Plus-que-parfait. 



Je m'en etais alle. 
zh' man na teh za la. 

tu t'en etais alle. 
til tali na teh za la. 

il s'en etait alle. 

eel san na teh ta la. 

nous nous en etions alles. 

noo noo zah na tee oh za la. 
vous vous en etiez alles. 

voo voo zan na tee a za la. 

ils s'en etaient alles. 
eel sah na teh ta la. 



Passe defini. 

Je m'en allai. 
zh' man na la. 

tu t'en alias. 

tii tan na la. 

il s'en alia. 

eel sahna la. 

nous nous en allames. 

noo noo zan na lam'. 

vous vous en allates. 

voo voo zah na lat\ 

ils s'en allerent. 

eel sahna lehr'. 



Passe anterieur. 

Je m'en fus alle. 
zh' man fu za la. 

tu t'en fus alle. 

tu tali fu za la. 

il s'en fut alle. 
eel sah fu ta la. 
nous nous en fumes alles. 

noo noo zan fum' za la. 
vous vous en futes alles. 

voo voo zah fut' za la. 

ils s'en furent alles. 
eel san fur' ta la. 



Futur simple. 

Je m'en irai. 

zh' man nee ra. 

tu t'en iras. 

tu tan nee ra. 

il s'en ira. 

eel sah nee ra. 

nous nous en irons. 

noo noo zah nee roh. 

vous vous en irez. 

voo voo zan nee ra. 

ils s'en iront. 

eel sah nee roh. 



Futur anterieur. 

Je m'en serai alle. 
zh' man s' ra a la. 

tu t'en seras alle. 

tU tan s' ra za la. 

il s'en sera alle. 

eel sah s' ra a la. 

nous nous en serons alles. 

noo noo zah s' roh za la. 

vous vous en serez alles. 

voo voo zah s' ra za la. 

ils s'en seront alles. 

eel sah s' roh ta la. 



150 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



CONDITIONNEL. 



Present. 



Je m'en irais. 

zh' man nee reh. 

tu t'en irais. 

tu tali nee reh. 

il s'en irait. 
eel saii nee reh. 

nous nous en irions. 

noo nuo zan nee ree on. 

vous vous en iriez. 

voo voo zan nee ree a. 

ils s'en iraient. 

eel san nee reh. 



Passe. 



Je m'en serais alle. 

zh' man s' reh za la. 

tu t'en serais alle. 

tu taii s' reh za la. 

il s'en serait alle. 

eel sail s' reh ta la. 

nous nous en serions alles. 

noo noo zaii suh ree on za la. 

vous vous en seriez alles. 

voo voo zan suh ree a za la. 

ils s'en seraient alles. 

eel san s' reh ta la. 



IMPERATIF. 



Va-t'en. 

va tan. 

qu'il s'en aille. 

keel san nahy'. 

allons-nous-en. 

a Ion noo zan. 



allez-vous-en. 

a la voo zan. 

qu'ils s'en aillent. 

keel san nahy'. 



SUBJONCTIF. 



Present. 



Que je m'en aille. 

kuh zh' man nahy'. 

que tu t'en ailles. 

kuh tti tan nahy'. 

qu'il s'en aille, 

keel saii nahy'. 

que nous nous en allions. 

kuh noo noo zan na lee on. 

que vous vous en alliez. 

kuh voo voo zan na l§>§ a. 
qu'ils s'en aillent. 

keel san nahy'. 



Passe. 



Que je m'en sois alle\ 

kuh zh' man sweh za la. 

que tu t'en sois alle. 

kuh tu tan sweh za la. 

qu'il s'en soit alle. 

keel saii sweh ta la. 

que nous nous en soyons alles. 

kuh noo noo zan sweh yoii za la. 

que vous vous en soyez alles. 

kuh voo voo zan sweh ya za la. 

qu'ils s'en soient alles. 

keel san sweh ta la. 



ArPENDlX. 



151 



Imparfait. 

Que je m'en allasse. 

kuh zh' man na lass'. 

que tu t'en allasses. 

kuh til tali na lass'. 

qu'il s'en allat. 
keel san na la. 

que nous nous en allassions. 

kuh noo noo zan na la see on. 

que vous vous en allassiez. 

kuh voo voo zaii na la see a. 

qu'ils s'en allassent. 

keel san na lass'. 



Plus-que-parfait . 

Que je m'en fusse alle. 

kuh zh' man fuss' a la. 

que tu t'en fusses alle. 

kuh tti tan ftlss' za la. 

qu'il s'en fut alle. 

keel san ftl ta la. 

que nous nous en fussions alles. 
kuh noo noo zan fu see on za la. 

que vous vous en fussiez alles. 
kuh voo voo zaii ftl see a za la. 

qu'ils s'en fussent alles. 

keel san fuss' ta la. 



REFLECTIVE VERB &HABILLER, to dress one's 

sa bee ya. 

self. 



Infinitif Present, S habiller. 
sa bee ya. 

Participe Present, S'habillant. 
sa bee yan. 

Compose, S'etant habille. 

sa tan ta bee ya. 



Passe, 


S'§tre habille. 




sehtr' a bee ya. 


Passe, 


Habille. 




a bee ya. 



Present. 

Je m'habille. 

zh' ma beey'. 

tu t'habilles. 

tti ta beey'. 

il s'habille. 

eel sa beey'. 

nous nous habillons. 

noo noo za bee yon. 

vous vous habillez. 

voo voo za beeya. 

ils s'habillent. 

eel sa 



ESTDICATIF. 

Passe indefini. 

Je me suis habille. 

zhuh m' sti ee za bee ya. 

tu t'es habill^. 

tu teh za bee ya. 

il s'est habille. 

eel seh ta bee ya. 

nous nous sommes habilles. 

noo noo som' za bee fa,, 
vous vous §tes habilles. 

voo voo zeht' za bee ya. 

ils se sont habilles. 

eel suh son ta bee ya. 



152 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



ImparfaU. 



Je m'habillais. 

zh' ma bee yeh. 
tu t'habillais. 
tti ta, bee yeh. 

il s'habillait. 

eel sa bee yeh. 

nous nous habillions. 

noo noo za, bee yee on. 

vous vous habilliez. 

voo voo za bee yee a. 

ils s'habillaient. 

eel sa bee yeh. 



Plus-que-parfait. 

Je m'etais habille. 
zh* ma teh za bee ya. 

tu t'etais habille. 
ttl ta teh za bee ya. 

il s'etait habille 

eel sa teh ta bee ya. 

nous nous etions habilles. 

noo noo za tee on za bee ya. 

vous vous etiez habilles. 
voo voo za tee a za bee ya. 
ils s'etaient habilles. 

eel sa teh ta bee ya. 



Passe clefini. 

Je m'habillai. 

zh' ma bee ya. 

tu t'habillas. 

tu ta bee ya. 

il s'habilla. 
eel sa bee ya. 

nous nous habillames. 

noo noo za bee yam'. 

vous vous habillates. 

voo voo za bee yat'. 

ils s'habillerent. 

eel sa, bee yehr\ 



Passe anterleur. 

Je me fus habille. 

zhuh m' fa za bee ya. 

tu te fus habille. 

tu t' fii za bee ya. 

il se fut habille. 

eel suh fu ta, bee ya. 

nous nous fumes habilles. 

noo noo fum' za beeya. 

vous vous futes habilles. 

voo voo fut' za bee ya. 

ils se furent habilles. 

eel suh fur* ta beeya. 



Futur simple. 

Je m'habillerai. 

zh' ma beey' ra. 

tu t'habilleras. 

tu ta beey' ra- 
il s'habillera. 

eel sa beey' ra. 

nous nous habillerons. 

noo noo za beey' ron. 

vous vous habillerez. 

voo voo za, beey' ra. 

ils s'habilleront. 

eel sa beey' ran. 



Futur anterleur. 

Je me serai habille. 

zhuh m' s' ra a bee ya. 

tu te seras habille. 

tii t' s' ra za bee ya. 

il se sera habille. 

eel suh s' ra a bee ya. 

nous nous serons habilles. 

noo noo s' ron za bee ya. 
vous vous serez habilles. 

voo voo s' ra za bee ya. 
ils se seront habilles. 

eel suh s' ron ta, bee ya. 



APPENDIX. 



153 



CONDITIONNEL. 



Present. 



Je m'habillerais. 

zh' ma beey' reh. 
tu t'habillerais. 
ttl ta beey' reh. 

il s'habillerait. 
eel sa beey' reh. 

nous nous habillerions. 

noo noo za bee yuh ree on. 

vous vous habilleriez. 

voo voo za bee yuh ree a. 

ils s'habilleraient. 

eel sa beey' reh. 



Passe. 



Je me serais habille. 
zhuh m' s' reh za bee ya. 

tu te serais habille. 

tu t' s' reh za bee ya. 

il se serait habille. 

eel suh s' reh ta bee ya. 

nous nous serions habilles. 

noo noo suh ree on za bee ya. 

vous vous seriez habilles. 

voo voo suh ree a za bee ya. 

ils se seraient habilles. 

eel suh s' reh ta bee ya. 



IMPERATIF. 



Habille-toi. 

a beey' tweh. 

qu'il s'habille. 

keel sa beey'. 

habillons-nous. 

a bee ^on noo. 



habillez-vous. 
a, bee ya voo. 

qu'ils s'habillent. 
keel sa beey*. 



SUBJONCTIF. 



Present. 



Que je m'habille. 

kuh zh' ma beey*. 

que tu t'habilles. 

kuh ttl ta beey'. 

qu'il s'habille. 

keel sa beey'. 

que nous nous habillions. 

kuh noo noo za bee yee on. 
que vous vous habilliez. 
kuh voo voo za bee yee a. 
qu'ils s'habillent 

keel sa beey'. 



Passe. 



Que je me sois habille. 

kuh zh' muh sweh za bee ya. 

que tu te sois habille. 

kuh ttl t' sweh za bee ya'. 

qu'il se soit habille. 

keel suh sweh ta bee ya. 
que nous nous soyons habilles. 
kuh noo noo sweh yon za bee ya. 

que vous vous soyez habilles. 
kuh voo voo sweh ya za bee ya. 

qu'ils se soient habilles. 

keel suh sweh ta beeya. 



154 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



Imparfait. 

Que je m'habillasse. 

kuh zh* ma bee yass'. 

que tu t'habillasses. 

kuh tQ. ta bee yass'. 

qu'il s'habillat. 

keel sa bee ya. 

que nous nous habillassions. 
kuh noo noo za bee ya see on. 
que vous vous habillassiez. 

kuh voo voo za bee ya see a. 
qu'ils s'habillassent. 
keel sa bee yass'. 



Plus-que-parfait. 

Que je me fusse habille. 

kuh zh' muh fuss' a bee ya. 

que tu te fusses habille. 

kuh tu t' fuss' za bee ya. 
qu'il se fut habille. 
keel suh fti ta bee ya. 

que nous nous fussions habilles 

kuh noo noo fii see oil za bee ya. 

que vous vous fussiez habilles. 

kuh voo voo fii see a za bee ya. 

qu'ils se fussent habilles. 

keel suh fuss' tabee ya. 



REFLECTIVE VERBS,— ffi A GENOUILLER, to kneel 

sazh' noo ya. 

down, and S*ENNUYER, to be weary. 

san nu ee ya. 



Infinitif Present, 
Participe Present, 

Passe, 



S'agenouiller. 

sazh' noo ya. 
S'agenouillant. 

sazh' noo yaii. 

Agenouille. 

azh' noo ya. 



S'ennuyer. 

sail nu ee ya. 
S'ennuyant. 

san nu ee yan. 

Ennuye. 

an ntl ee ya. 



EtfDICATIF. 



Je m'agenouille. 

zh' mazh' nooy'. 
tu t'agenouilles. 
tti tazh' nooy'. 

il s'agenouille. 

eel sazh' nooy'. 

nous nous agenouillons. 

noo noo zazh' noo yon. 

vous vous agenouillez. 

voo voo zazh' noo ya. 

ils s'agenouillenfc. 

eel sazh' nooy'. 



Present. 



Je m'ennuie. 

zh' mail ntl ee. 

tu t'ennuies. 

tu tali nu ee. 

il s'ennuie. 

eel san nu ee. 

nous nous ennuyons. 

noo noo zaii nu ee yoii. 

vous vous ennuyez. 

voo voo zan nil ee ya. 

ils s'ennuient. 

eel sau nu ee. 



APPENDIX. 



155 



Imparfait. 



Je m'agenouillais. 

zh' mazh' noo yeh. 
tu t'agenouillais. 

tti tazh' noo yeh. 

il s'agenouillait. 

eel sazh' noo yeh. 

nous nous agenouillions. 

noo noo zazh' noo yee on. 

vous vous agenouilliez. 

voo voo zazh' noo yee a. 

ils s'agenouillaient. 

eel sazh' noo yeh. 



Je m'ennuyais. 

zh' man nti ee yeh. 

tu t'ennuyais. 

tti tan nil ee yeh. 

il s'ennuyait. 

eel san nti ee yeh. 

nous nous ennuyions. 

noo noo zan nu ee yee on. 
vous vous ennuyiez. 

voo voo zan nti ee yee a. 

ils s'ennuyaient. 

eel san nu ee yeh. 



Passe defini. 



Je m'agenouillai. 

zh' mazh' noo ya. 

tu t'agenouillas. 
tti tazh noo ya. 

il s'agenouilla. 

eel sazh' noo ya. 

nous nous agenouillames. 

noo noo zazh' noo yam'. 

vous vous agenouillates. 
yoo voo zazh' noo yat\ 

ils s'agenouillerent. 

eel sazh' noo yehr. 



Je m'ennuyai. 

zh' man nil ee ya. 

tu t'ennuyas. 

tu tan nil ee ya. 

il s'ennuya. 

eel san nti ee ya. 

nous nous ennuyames. 

noo noo zan nti ee yam'. 
vous vous ennuyates. 

voo voo zan nti ee yat\ 
ils s'ennuyerent. 

eel san nti ee yehr'. 



Futur simple. 



Je m'agenouillerai. 

zh' mazh' nooy' ra. 

tu t'agenouilleras. 

tti tazh' nooy' ra. 

il s'agenouillera. 
eel sazh' nooy' ra. 
nous nous agenouillerons. 

noo noo zazh' noo^' ron. 

vous vous agenouillerez. 

voo voo zazh' nooy' ra. 

ils s'agenouilleront. 
eel sazh* nooy* rdn. 



Je m'ennuierai. 

zh' man nti ee ra. 

tu t'ennuieras. 

tti tan nti ee ra. 

il s'ennuiera. 

eel saii nti ee ra. 

nous nous ennuierons. 

noo noo zan nti ee roh. 

vous vous ennuierez. 

voo voo zan nti ee ra. 

ils s'ennuieront. 

eel san nti ee ron. 



156 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



Je m'agenouillerais. 

zh* mazh' nooy' reli. 

tu t'agenouillerais. 

tti tazh' nooy' reh. 

il s'agenouillerait. 

eel sazh' nooy' reh. 

nous nous agenouillerions. 

noo noo zazh' noo yuh ree on. 
vous vous agenouilleriez. 
voo voo zazh' noo yuh ree a. 

ils s'agenouilleraient. 

eel sazh* noor y' reh. 



CONDITIONNEL. 

Present. 

Je m'ennuierais. 



zh' man nti ee reh. 

tu t'ennuierais. 

tti tan nu ee reh. 

il s'ennuierait. 

eel san nu ee reh. 

nous nous ennuierions. 

noo noo zan nu ee ree on. 
vous vous ennuieriez. 
voo voo zan nu ee ree a. 

ils s'ennuie-raient. 

eel san nuee reh. 



IMPERATIF. 



Agenouille-toi. 

azh' nooy' tweh. 

qu'il s'agenouille. 

keel sazh' nooy'. 

agenouillons-nous. 
azh' noo yon noo. 

agenouillez-vous. 

azh' noo ya voo. 

qu'ils s'agenouillent. 

keel sazh* nooy*. 



Ennuie-toi. 

aii nti ee tweh. 
qu'il s'ennuie. 
keel san nu ee. 

ennuyons-nous. 

an nu ee yon noo. 

ennuyez-vous. 

aii nti ee ya voo. 

qu'ils s'ennuient. 

keel san nti ee. 



SUBJONCTIF. 

Present. 



Que je m'agenouille. 
kuh zh' mazh' nooy'. 

que tu t'agenouilles. 

kuh tii tazh' nopy'. 

qu'il s'agenouille. 

keel sazh' nooy'. 

que nous nous agenouillons. 

kuh noo noo zazh' noo yee oh. 
que vous vous agenouilliez. 

kuh voo voo zazh' noo yee a. 

qu'ils s'agenouillent. 

keel sazh' nooy'. 



Que je m'ennuie. 

kuh zh' man nti ee. 

que tu t'ennuies. 

kuh tu tan nti ee. 

qu'il s'ennuie. 

keel sail nti ee. 

que nous nous ennuyions. 

kuh noo noo zan nti ee yee on. 

que vous vous ennuyiez. 

kuh voo voo zaii nti ee yee a. 

qu'ils s'ennuient. 

keel san nti ee. 



APPENDIX. 



157 



Imparfait. 



Que je m'agenouilasse. 

kuh zh' mazh' noo yass\ 

que tu t'agenouillasses. 

kuh tu tazh' noo yass\ 

qu'il s'agenouillat. 

keel sazh' noo ya. 

que n. n. agenouillassions. 

kuh noo noo zazh noo y& see on. 

que v. v. agenouillassiez. 

kuh voo voo zazh' noo ya see a. 

qu'ils s'agenouillassent. 

keel sazh' noo yass\ 



Que je m'ennuyasse. 

kuh zh' man nu ee yass\ 

que tu t'ennuyasses. 

kuh tu tan nu ee yass'. 

qu'il s'ennuyat. 

keel sail nu ee y&. 

que n. n. ennuyassions. 

kuh noo noo zaii nu ee ya see on. 

que v. v. ennuyassiez. 

kuh voo voo zan nu ee ya see a. 

qu'ils s'ennuyassent. 

keel sali ntiee yass'. 



REFLECTIVE VERBS,— SE RECUEILLIB, to col- 

suh f kuh yeer. 

led onds-self) to meditate, and S^ASSJEOIR, to sit 

sa swehr. 



down. 
Infinitif Present, 

Participe Present, 



Se recueillir. 

suh r' kuh yeer. 

Se recueillant. 
suh r r kuh yan. 

Recueilli. 
r' kuhyee. 



S'asseoir. 

sa swehr. 

S'asseyant. 

sa seh yan. 

Assis. 

a see. 



Je me recueille. 

zhuh m' ruh kuhy'. 

tu te recueilles. 

ttL t' ruh kuhy'. 

il se recueille. 

eel suh r' kuhy'. 

nous nous recueillons 
noo noo r' kuh yon. 

vous vous recueillez. 
voo voo r' kuh ya. 

ils se recueillent. 

eel suh r' kuhy'. 



ITCDICATIF. 

Present. 

Je m'assieds. 

zh' ma see a. 

tu t'assieds. 

tu ta see a. 

il s'assied. 

eel sa see a. 

nous nous asseyons. 

noo noo za seh yon. 

vous vous asseyez. 

voo voo za seh ya. 

ils s'asseyent. 

eel sa 



158 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



Imparfait. 



Je me recueillais. 

zhuh m' ruh kuh yeh. 

tu te recueillais. 

tii t' ruh kuh yeh. 

il se recueillait. 

eel suh r' kuh yeh. 

nous nous recueillions. 

noo noo r' kuh yee on. 

vous vous recueilliez. 

voo voo r' kuh yee a. 

ils se recueillaient. 

eel suh r' kuh yeh. 



Je m'asseyais. 

zh' ma seh yeh. 

tu t'asseyais. 

tu ta seh yeh. 

il s'asseyait. 

eel sa seh yeh. 

nous nous asseyions. 

noo noo za seh yee on. 

vous vous asseyiez. 

voo voo za seh yee a. 

ils s'asseyaient. 

eel sa seh yeh. 



Passe dejini. 



Je me recueillis. 

zhuh m' ruh kuh yee. 

tu te recueillis. 

tu t' ruh kuh yee. 

il se recueillit. 

eel suh r' kuh yee. 

nous nous recueillimes. 

noo noo r' kuh yeem\ 

vous vous recueillites. 
voo voo r' kuh yeet\ 

ils se recueillirent. 

eel suh r* kuh yeer. 



Je m'assis. 

zh' ma see. 

tu t'assis. 

tu ta see. 

il s'assit. 

eel sM, see. 

nous nous assimes. 

noo noo za seem'. 

vous vous assites. 

voo voo za seet\ 

ils s'assirent. 

eel sa seer'. 



Futur simple. 



Je me recueillerai. 

zhuh m' ruh kuhy' ra. 

tu te recueilleras. 

til t' ruh kuhy' ra. 

il se recueillera. 

eel suh r* kuhy' ra. 

nous nous recueillerons. 

noo noo r' kuhy' rofi. 

vous vous recueillerez. 

voo voo r' kuhy' ra. 

ils se recueilleront. 

eel snh r' kuhy* ron. 



Je m'assierai. 

zh' ma see a ra. 

tu t'assieras. 

ttl ta see a ra. 

il s'assiera. 

eel sa see a ra. 

nous nous assierons. 

noo noo za see a ron. 

vous vous assierez. 

voo voo za see a ra. 

ils s'assieront. 

eel sa see a ron. 



APPENDIX. 



159 



Je me recueillerais. 

zhuh m' ruh kuhy' reh. 

tu te recueillerais. 

tti t' ruh kuhy' reh. 

il se recueillerait. 
eel suh r' kuhy' reh. 

nous nous recueillerions. 
noo noo r' kuh yuh ree on. 

vous vous recueilleriez. 
voo voo r' kuh yuh ree a. 

ils se recueilleraient. 

eel suh r' kuhy reh. 



CONDITIONNEL. 

Present. 

Je m'assierais. 

zh' ma see a reh. 
tu t'assierais. 
tti ta see a reh. 

il s'assierait. 

eel sa see a reh. 

nous nous assierions. 

noo noo za see a ree on. 

vous vous assieriez. 

voo voo za see a ree a. 

ils s'assieraient 

eel sa see a reh. 



IMPERATIF. 



Recueille-toi. 

r' kuhy' tweh. 

qu'il se recueille. 

keel suhr' kuhy'. 

recueillons-nous . 

r' kuh yon noo. 
recueillez-vous. 

r' kuh ya voo. 

qu'ils se recueillent. 

keel suh r' kuhy'. 



Assieds-toi. 

a see a tweh. 

qu'il s'asseye. 

keel sa sehy'. 

asseyons-nous. 

a seh yon noo. 

asseyez-vous. 

a seh ya voo. 

qu'ils s'asseyent. 

keel sa sehy\ 



SUBJONCTIF. 

Present. 



Que je me recueille. 

kuh zh' muh r' kuhy'. 

que tu te recueilles. 

kuh tu t' ruh kuhy'. 

qu'il se recueille. 

keel suh r' kuhy'. 

que nous nous recueillions. 

kuh noo noo r' kuh yee On. 

que vous vous recueilliez. 

kuh voo voo . r' kuh yee a. 

qu'ils se recueillent. 

keel suhr' kuhy'. 



Que je m'asseye. 

kuh zh' ma sehy'. 

que tu t'asseyes. 

kuh tti ta sehy. 

qu'il s'asseye. 

keel sa sehy'. 

que nous nous asseyions. 

kuh noo noo za seh yee on. 

que vous vous asseyiez. 

kuh voo voo za seh yee a. 

qu'ils s'asseyent. 

keel sa sehy. 



160 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



Imparfait. 



Que je me recueillisse. 

kuh zh' muh r' kuh yeess'. 

que tu te recueillisses. 

kuh tu t' ruh kuh yeess'. 

qu'il se recueillit. 

keel suh r' kuh yee. 

que n. n. recueillissions. 

kuh noo noo r' kuh yee see on. 

que v. v. recueillissiez. 

kuh voo voo r' kuh yee see a. 

qu'ils se recueillissent. 

keel suhr' kuh yeess'. 



Que je m'assisse. 

kuh zh' ma seess'. 

que tu t'assisses. 

knh tu ta seess'. 

qu'il s'assit. 

keel sa see. 

que nous nous assissions. 

kuh noo noo za see see on. 

que vous vous assissiez. 

kuh voo voo za s**a c oa a» 

qu'ils s'assissent. 

keel sa 



IRREGULAR VERBS,— VOULOIB, to be willing, to 

voo lwer. 

wish, and PEINDRE) to paint. 

puidr\ 



Infinitif Present, 
Participe Present, 
Passe, 



Vouloir. 

voo lwer. 

Voulant. 
voo Ian. 

Voulu. 
voo 1H. 



Peindre. 

pindr\ 

Peignant. 

peh gnan. 

Peint. 

pin. 



INDICATIF. 



Je veux. 

zh' veu. 

tu veux. 

tu veu. 

il veut. 

eel veu. 

nous voulons. 

noo voo Ion. 

vous voulez. 

voo voo la. 

ils veulent. 
eel vuhl'. 



Present. 



Je peins. 

zh' pin. 

tu peins. 

ttl pin. 

il peint. 
eel pin. 

nous peignons. 

noo peh gnon. 

vous peignez. 

voo peh gna. 

ils peignent. 

eel pehgh'. 



APPENDIX. 



161 



Imparfait. 



Je voulais. 

zh' voo leh. 

tu voulais. 

tti voo leh. 

il voulait. 

eel voo leh. 

nous voulions. 

noo voo lee on. 

vous vouliez. 

voo voo lee a. 

ils voulaient. 

eel voo leh. 



Je peignais. 

zh' peh gneh. 

tu peignais. 
ta peh gneh. 

il peignait. 

eel peh gneh. 

nous peignions. 

noo peh gnee on. 

vous peigniez. 

voo peh gnee a. 

ils peignaient. 

eel peh gneh. 



Passb defini. 



Je voulus. 

zh' voo lti. 
tu voulus. 

tti voo lti. 

il voulut. 

eel voo lti. 
nous voulumes. 
noo voo hlm\ 

vous voulutes. 

voo voo ltLt\ 

ils voulurent. 
eel voo ltlr\ 



Je peignis. 

zh' peh gnee. 

tu peignis. 

tti peh gnee. 

il peignit. 

eel peh gnee. 

nous peignimes. 

noo peh pieem'. 

vous peignites. 
voo peh gneet'. 

ils peignirent. 

eel peh gneer\ 



Futur simple. 



Je voudrai. 

zh* voo dra. 
tu voudras. 

tti voo dra. 

il voudra. 

eel voo dra. 

nous voudrons. 

noo voo dron. 

vous voudrez. 

voo voo dra. 

ils voudront. 

eel voo droli. 



Je peindrai. 

zh* pin dra. 

tu peindras. 

tti pin dra. 

il peindra. 

eel pin dra. 

nous peindrons. 

noo pm dron. 

vous peindrez. 

voo pin dra. 
ils peindront. 

eel pin dron. 



162 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



Je voudrais. 

zh' voo dreh. 

tu voudrais. 

tu voo dreh. 

il voudrait. 

eel voo dreh. 

nous voudrions. 

noo voo dree on. 
vous voudriez. 

voo voo dree a. 

ils voudraient. 

eel voo dreh. 



CONDITIONNEL. 

Present. 



Je peindrais. 

zh' pm dreh. 

tu peindrais. 

tu pm dreh. 

il peindrait. 

eel pm dreh. 

nous peindrions. 

■ noo pin dree on. 

vous peindriez. 

voo pm dree a. 

ils peindraient. 

eel pm dreh. 



IMPERATIF. 



[person). 
Veuillez (is the only 
vuh ya. 



Peins. 

pm. 

qu'il peigne. 

keel pehgh'. 

peignons. 

peh ghoii. 

peignez. 

peh gha. 

qu'ils peignent. 

keel pehgh'. 



SUBJOSTCTIF. 



Present. 



Que je veuille. 

knh zh' vuhy'. 

que tu veuilles. 

kuh tti vuhy'. 

qu'il veuille. 

keel vuhy'. 

que nous voulions. 

kuh noo voo lee on. 

que vous vouliez. 

kuh voo voo lee a. 

qu'ils veuillent. 
keel vuhy'. 



Que je peigne 

kuh zh' pehgn'. 

que tu peignes. 

kuh tu pehgn'. 

qu'il peigne. 

keel pehgn'. 

que nous peignions. 

kuh noo peh ghee on. 

que vous peigniez. 

kuh voo peh ghee a. 

qu'ils peignent. 
keel pehgn. 



APPENDIX. 



163 



Imparfait. 



Que je voulusse. 

kuh zh' voo liiss'. 

que tu voulusses. 
kiih til voo ltiss'. 

qu'il voulxit. 

keel voo lii. 

que nous voulussions. 

kuh noo voo lti see on. 

que vous voulussiez. 

kuh voo voo lii see a. 

qu'ils voulussent. 

keel voo ltiss'. 



Que je peignisse. 

kiih zh' peh giieess'. 

que tu peignisses. 

kuh tu peh gheess'. 

qu'il peignit. 

keel peh ghee. 

.que nous peignissions. 

kuh noo peh ghee see oh. 

que vous peignissiez. 

kuh voo peh ghee see a. 

qu'ils peignissent. 

keel peh 



THE MAKSEILLAISE HYMN. 



Come, our country^ sons ! 

The day of glory is here. 

Against us Tyranny 

Lifts her bloody standard, — 

Lifts her bloody standard. 

Hear ye in the plains 

The roar of the fierce soldiers ? 

They are coming, even within your arms, 

To murder your sons, your wives ! 

To arms, citizens ! 

Form your battalions ! 

March ! Let us march ! let their polluted blood 

Water our furrows ! 

II. 

What means this horde of slaves, 
Of traitors, of confederate kings ? 
For whom are these ignominious fetters, 
These irons, long since prepared, — 
These irons, long since prepared? 
Frenchmen ! for us ! Ah, what an outrage 
What transports should it raise ! 
It is we whom they dare threaten 
To reduce to ancient slavery ! 
To arms, &c. 

in. 

What ! shall foreign cohorts 
Give us law on our own hearthstones ? 
What ! shall mercenary legions 
Vanquish our proud warriors, — 
Vanquish our proud warriors ? 
Great God! by fettered hands 
Shall our necks be bent to the yoke ? 
Shall base despots become 
The masters of our fate ? 
To arms, &c. 



APPENDIX. 165 



IV. 

Tremble, tyrants ! and you, ye perjured ! 
Scorn of every party, 
Tremble ! your parricidal schemes 
Shall at last have their reward, — 
Shall at last have their reward. 
Every thing is arming to combat you : 
If they fall, our young heroes, 
France will bring forth others 
Ready to fight against you. 
To arms, &c. 



Frenchmen ! like generous warriors, 
Strike or forbear to strike ! 
Spare those sad victims 
Who are sorrowfully arming against us, — 
Who are sorrowfully arming against us ; 
But the sanguinary despot, 
But the accomplice of Bouille, -— 
All the tigers who without pity 
Rend the bosom of their mother, — 
To arms, &c. 

VI. 

Sacred love of country, 

Guide, sustain, our avenging arms : 

Liberty, beloved Liberty, 

Fight on the side of thy defenders, — 

Fight on the side of thy defenders. 

Under our banners let victory 

Rally to thy deep tones ; 

Let thine expiring enemies 

See thy triumph and our glory. 

To arms, citizens ! 

Form your battalions ! 

March ! Let us march ! let their polluted blood 

Water our furrows ! 



LA MARSEILLAISE. 

la mar seh yehz\ 

PREMIER COUPLET. 

Allons, enfans de la patrie ! 
a Ion zaii fall dull la pa tree ! 

Le jour de gloire est arrive, 
luh zhoor dull glwehr eli ta ree va. 

Contre nous de la tyrannie, 
kofi truh noo dun la tee ra nee, 

L'etendard sanglant est leve, 
la tan dar saii glan teh luh va, 

L'etendard sanglant est leve. 
la tan dar san glan teh luh va. 

Entendez-vous dans les eampagnes 
an tan da voo dan la kan pagn* 

Mugir ces feroces soldats ? 
mu zheer sa fa ro suh sol da? 

lis vlennent, jusques dans vos bras, 
eel vee ehnuh, zhiiss kuh dan vo bra, 

Egorger vps fils, vos compagnes ! 
a gor zha vo feess, vo kon pagn ! 

Aux armes, citoyens ! 
o zar muh, see tweh yih ! 

Formez vos bataillons : 
for ma vo ba ta yon : 

Marchez ! marclions ! qu'un sang impur 
mar sha ! mar shon ! kun san kni piir 

Abreuve nos sillons ! 
a bruh vuh no see yon ! 

DEUXIEME COUPLET. 

Que veut eette horde d'esclaves, 
kuh veu seh tuh 5rduh da sklahv', 

De traitres, de rois conjures ! 
duh treh truh, duh rweh kon zhu ra ! 

Pour qui ces ignobles entraves, 
poor kee sa zee gno bluh zan trav', 

Ces fers, des longtemps prepares, 
sa fehr, deh Ion tan pra pa ra, 



APPENDIX. 167 

Ces fers, des longtemps prepares ? 
sa fehr, deh Ion tan pra pa ra? 

Francais ! pour nous, ah ! quel outrage / 
frail seh ! poor noo, all ! kehl oo trazh ! 

Quels transports il doit exciter ! 
kehl traii ss por zeel dwell tak see ta ! 

C'est nous qu'on ose menacer 
seh noo koii no zuh muh na sa 

De rendre a Tantique esclavage ! 
duh ran dr' a, Ian teek' a skla vazh ! 

Aux armes, &c. 
o zar muh, &c. 

TROISIEME COUPLET. 

Quoi ! des cohortes etrangeres 
kweh ! da ko 5r tuh za tran zhehr 

Feraient la loi dans nos foyers ? 
fuh reh la lweh dan no fweh ya? 

Quoi ! ces phalanges mercenaires 
kweh ! sa fa Ian zhnh mehr suh nehr' 

Terrasseraient nos fiers guerriers ? 
ta ra suh reh no fee ehr ga ree a? 

Terrasseraient nos fiers guerriers ? 
ta ra suh reh no fee ehr ga ree a? 

Grand Dieu ! par des mains enchainees 
gran dee eu ! par da mm zaiL sheh na 

Nos fronts sous le joug se ploieraient ! 
no fron soo luh zhoo suh plweh reh ! 

De vils despotes deviendraient 
duh veel dehss p5 tuh duh vee in dreh, 

Les maitres de nos destinees ! 
la meh truh duh no dehss tee na! 

Aux armes, &c. 
o zar muh, &c. 

QUATRIEME COUPLET. 

Tremblez, tyrans ! et vous perfides ! 
tran bla, tee ran ! za voo pehr feed ! 

L'opprobre de tous les partis, 
15 pro bruh duh too la par tee, 

Tremblez ! vos projets parricides 
tran bla ! vo pr5 zheh pa ree see d* 

Vont enfin recevoir leur prix, 
vdn taii fin ruh suh vwehr luhr pree, 



168 FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 

Vont enfin recevoir leur prix. 
voii tan fin ruh suh vwehr luhr pree. 

Tout est soldat pour vous combattre ; 
too teh sol da poor voo kon batr' ; 

S'ils tombent, nos jeunes heros, 
seel ton buh, no zhuh nuh a ro, 

La France en produit de nouveaux 
la fran s'an pr5 dii ee duh noo vo 

Contre vous tous prets a se battre. 
kon truli voo tooss preh za suh batr'. 

Aux armes, &c. 
o zar muh, &c. 

CINQUIEME COUPLET. 

Franc/ais ! en guerriers magnanimes, 
fran sen ! zan ga ree a ma gna neem', 

Portez ou retenez vos coups ; 
por ta zoo ruh tuh na vo koo ; 

Epargnez ces tristes victimes 
a par gna sa treess tuh veek teem' 

A regret s'armant contre nous, 
a ruh greh sar man kon truh voo, 

A regret s'armant contre nous ; 
a ruh greh sar man kon truh voo ; 

Mais le despote sanguinaire, 
meh luh dehs p5 tuh san gee nehr', 

Mais le complice de Bouille — 
meh luh kon plee suh duh boo ya — 

Tous ces tigres qui sans pitie, 
too sa tee gruh kee san pee tee a, 

Dechirent le sein de leur mere ! 
da shee ruh luh sin duh luhr mehr' ! 

Aux armes, &c. 
o zar muh, &c. 

SIXIEME COUPLET. 

Amour sacre de la patrie, 
a moor sa kra duh la pa tree, 

Conduis, soutiens nos bras vengeurs : 
kon dti ee, soo tee in no bra van zhuhr : 

Liberte, Liberte cherie, 
lee behr ta, lee behr ta sha ree, 

Combats avec tes defenseurs, 
kon ba za vehk ta da fan suhr, 



APPENDIX. 169 



Combats avec tes defenseurs ; 
kon ba za vehk ta da fan suhr ; 

Sous nos drapeaux que la victoire 
soo no dra po kuh la, veek twehr 

Accoure a tes males accents ; 
a koor' a ta man luh zak saii ; 

Que tes ennemis expirans 
kuh ta zeli nuh mee zaks pee ran 

Yoient ton triomphe et notre gloire. 
vweh ton tree onf ' a no truh glwenr. 

Aux armes, citoyens ! 
5 zar muh, see tweh yln ! 

Formez vos bataillons : 
for ma vo ba tayon: 

Marchez ! marchons ! qu'un sang impur 
mar sba ! mar shon ! kini sali km pur 

Abreuve nos sillons ! 
a bruh vub no see yon! 



LA MAESEILLAISE. 




te=5 



^-N 



*t 



Rouget de Lisle. 

^ N , 



-K— a>* 



r^E 



I. Al - Ions, en_ - fants de la pa - tri 
a Ion zan fan dun la pa tree 



e! 
uh! 



Le jour de 
luh zhoor duh 



^r- 



^--*=£=& 



fe£ 



gloi-reest ar - ri 
glwer' eh ta ree 



v<§. 
va. 



Con - tre nous de la tyran - ni - e L'6 - ten - 

kon truh noo duh la teera nee uh la tan 



~w^r 



■+- 



i 2 -?- 



:t: 



•V Vr 



dard san-glant est le - v6, 1/6 - ten - dard san-glant est le - v£. En - ten. - dez - 
dar sanglan tehluh va, la tan dar san glan teh luh ya. an tan da 



£~iri= 



m 



fv- 



: g^=7= 



vous dans les cam - pa -gnes Mu - gir ces f£ - ro - ces sol - dats ! 
voo dan la kan pa gnuh mil zheer sa fa r5 suh sol da! 



lis 
eel 



l^l 



% 



f5i5e3==^a=^ 



m±-p — * — *~ 



vien nent, j usque dans_nos bras, E - gor - ger nos fils, nos com - pa -gnes ! Aux 
vee eh nuh, zhtlsskuh dan no bra, a gor zha no feess, no kon pa gnuh ! o 



z^zjr 



-£2— £± 



W- f- 



-3=$-*r-f 



Gh 



±=* 



:fc?z 



-V— ^— 



ar - mes Ci - toy - ens ! 
zar muh see tweh yin ! 



For - mez vos ba - tail - Ions : Mar - chez, mar - 
fSr ma vo ba ta yon: mar sha, mar 



*ti 



qs^=: 



-&- 



£3i=; 



j/-*. 



chons, 


qu'un 


sang im 


- pur 


a 


breu 


ve 


nos 


sil • 


■ Ions. 


Bhon, 


kun 


san km 


pur 


a 


breu 


vuh 


no 


see 


yon. 



fe£ 



=£- 



II. Que veut cet 
kuh veu seh 



te hor - de d'es - cla - ves, 
tuh or duh dehss klah vuh, 



De trai - tres, 
du treh truh, 



APPENDIX. 



171 




de rois ccm - ju - r£s ! 
duh rweli kon zhu ra ! 



Pour qui ces i - gno - bles en- tra - ves, Ces fers 
poor kee sa zee gno bluh zan tra vuh, sa fehr 



■-&$ 






-r-- 



des lqng-tenips prt§-pa-r^s? Ces fbrs des longtemps pre"- pa - re's? Fran-cais! pour 
deli Ion tan pra pa ra? sa fehr deh Ion tan pra pa ra? fran seh! poor 





—0- 




- 


=r 


~t- 


1 . 


~zt~ 


~h- 


=3F 


X 


N 


"£= 


r •" 

1- 




=?EE 


— &~ 


t= 


— 0*-- 

— V— 


fl- 


— #— 


4 


-¥-: 


1 — 

9 


*• 


e 


9 


~¥rr 


V 


-©- 


t-7 


— F 



nous, ah! quel ou -tra - ge! Quels trans -ports il doit ex - ci - 
noo ah ! kehl oo tra zhuh ! kehl transs por zeel dweh ta ksee 



ter! 
ta! 



C'est 
seh 



f£^g^gllfegg^ 



-*T- 



:^E5z5j 



nous qu^on o se me - na - cer de ren - dre a F antique es - cla - va - gel Aux 

noo kon no zhuh niuh na sa duh ran dr'a Ian teek' a skla va zhuh ! o 



I 



'p—t'—t 



ii r 



1 



3=? 



m 



P-h- 



^ 



-)/—W 



ar - mes, &c. III. Quoi ! des co - hor - tes 6" - tran - ge - res 
zar muh, &c. kweh! da ko 5r tuh za tran zheh ruh 



Fe - raient la 
fun reh la 



*=**: 



■+-*■ 



loi dans nos foy - ers? Quoi ! ces pha - Ian - ges mer - ce - nai - res Ter - ras • 
lwehdan no fweh ya? kweh! sa fa Ian zhuh mehr suh neh ruh ta ra 



-f^P 



-P^~ 



t- 



_ # __ 



se-raient nos tiers guerriers? Ter-ras - se- raient nos flers guer-riers? Grand Dieu par 
suh reh nofeeehr gehre a? ta ra suh reh nofeeehrgeh reea? gran dee eu par 



E^i 



=€=g 5 i=^ 



=eE 



des mains en_- chai - n6 ■ 
da mm zan shell na 



es Nos fronts sous le joug se ploie - raient ! 
uh no fron soo luh zoo suh plweh reh ! 



De 

duh 



s 



-* — *.- 



ss^2=£# 



X 



vils des - po - tes de - vien- draient Les mai-tres de nos des - ti - n6 - es! 
veel dehss po tuh duh veem dreh la men truh duh no dehss te na uh! 



Aux 



-p__^> 



J=Z£ 



'M: 







ar 
zar 



- mes, &c. IV. Trem-blez ty-rans! et vous per - ft 
muh, &c. tran bla tee ran ! za voo pehr fee 



des! 
duh! 



L'op-pro-bre 
15 pro bruh 



172 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



¥ 



M 



llEE 



E?^3E£E 



«" 



:£^i 



de tous les par - tis, Trem - blez ! vos pro -jets par-ri-ci - des Vont en_- 
duh too la par tee, tran bla ! vo pro zheh pa ree see duh von tan 



m=m$m 



feae 



-t-?— -h-rfs— jf 



V^— L 6?- 



1 



fin re - ce - voir leur prix, Vont en_ - fin re - ce - voir leur prix, Tout est sol 
fin ruhsuhvwehrluhrpree,von tan fin rub. suh vwher luhr pree, too teb sol 



j======p 



=s< 



E=*======% 



dat pour vous com -bat - tre; S'ils torn - bent, nos jeu; nes he~ - ros, 
da poor voo kon ba truh; seel ton buh, no zhuh nuh a ro 



^y* 



i 



La 

la 



is £ni . i 



_#_£_ 



-V— -4- 



:c=EM:-tt: 



Fran - ce_en produit de nou veaux con - tre vous tous prets a se bat - tre. 
franss' an pro diiee duh noo vo kon truh voo tooss preh za suh ba truh. 



Aux 
o 






t==m 



-y-h- 



ar - mes, &c. V. Fran-cais! enguer - riers ma - gna-ni - mes, Por 
zar muh, &c. fran seh zan geh ree a ma gna nee muh, p5r 



tez 
ta 



on 

zoo 






=3= 



-i — — b — A 



A re - 
a run 



re - te - nez vos coups ; E - par - gnez ces tris - tes vie - ti - mes 
ruh tuh na vo koo a par gna sa treess tuh veek tee muh 



# A , 


a 


^ 3 


I 




f? ** i 


\ *• \ ** 


1 •f - fc. «u It 


-4- V \- kj- - 


-r- V U 


4=r -g ^ —5- * - 


. =jr-r_i^ -fr -ftl: 


i : ^ — j 




*— "*- £ ^ # ] 


L - 5> 0l~ 0t— *— L 



gret s'ar - mant con - tre nous ; A re - gret s'ar - inant con - tre nous ; 
greh sar man kon truh noo ; a ruh greh sar man kon truh noo ; 



Mais le des ■ 
meh luh dehss 



-p±- 



i===^=zi 



afcft 



I?-" 



:E=E3E 



po - te san - gui - nai - re, Mais le com - pli - ce de Bouil - 16" Tous 

po tuh san gee neh ruh, meh luh kon plee suh duh boo ya too 



fr>- f f . ' r ^=Bde ^ t ^p^^ ^==i=X===^^ 



ces ti - gres qui sans pi - ti6, De" - chi - rent le sem de leur me - re ! 
sa tee gruh kee san pee tee a, da shee run luh sin duh luhr men ruh! 



Aux 



±=U=£E 



=vr=±z 



i===t 



*-f=*z=zizz}: 



ar - mes, &c. VI. A-'moursa - ere* de la pa-tri 
zar muh, &c. a moor sa kra duh la pa tree 



e, 
uh, 



Con-duis, sou ■ 
kon diiee, soo 



APPENDIX. 



173 



i 



tt 



£EEE* 






- f P 



tiens nos bras ven-geurs; Li - ber - te\ Li - ber - t<§ ch6 - 
teem no bra van zhuhr; lee behr ta, lee behr ta sha 



g 



*=t 



_,e. # . 



=S= 



:=t 



£=£ 



"^ : 



ri - e. Com - bats a - vec tes de" - fen - seurs : Com - bats a - vec tes d6 - fen 
ree uh, kon ba za vehkta da fan suhr: kon ba za vehk ta da fan 



■- 




1 l 


1 ■f* * k. 












' ' fc 


n 


E> 




" | 




^, 




# 


h-n 


o s 




tf N 


| 




[V 


5 







• • 










P 









seurs : 
suhr: 



Sous 
soo 



nos 
no 



dra 
dra 



peaux que 
po kuh 



la 
la 



vie - toi 
veek tweh 



re 
run 



Ac ■ 
a 



^m^ 



--?-?- 



cou - re a tes ma - les ac - cents; 
koo r'a ta mah luh zak san; 



Que 
kuh 



tes en - ne - mis ex - pi- 
ta zeh nuh mee zaks pee 



L?=l 



1 



=F= 



■W J r 7 H f 



SE 



rans Voient ton tri - om - phe et no - tre gloi - re. 
ran vweh ton tree on f'a n5 truh glwehruh. 



Aux ar - mes, &c. 
o zar muh, &c. 



.Observation. — In singing, as well as in reading, each syllable must be 
distinctly uttered. This rule is still more binding in singing as there is no 
semi-mute syllables. All songs (written in good French), whatever their 
character may otherwise be, are pronounced similar to the " Marseillaise." 



Note. — The student will observe the difference in the pronunciation of 
the "Marseillaise" when read, and its pronunciation when sung. The 
same principles of pronunciation must be applied to all songs. 



